U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                                 Natkmal Technical Information Service
                                 PB-296 689
Air Pollution  Regulations  in  State
Implementation Plans: California,
San Francisco  Bay Area APCD

Abcor, Inc, Wilmington,  MA   Walden Div
Prepared for

Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, NC  Control
Programs Development Div
Aug 78

-------
&EPA
                                 PB 296689
            United States
            Environmental Protection
            Agency
           Office of Air Quality
           Planning and Standards
           Research Triangle Park NC 27711
August 1978
            Air
Air Pollution Regulations
in State Implementation
Plans:
California
San Francisco
Bay Area APCD
                  NATIONAL TECHNICAL

                  INFORMATION SERVICE
                   U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                    SPRINGFIELD, VA. 22161

-------
                                   TECHNICAL REPOFt DATA
                            (Please read Instructions on the revels' before completing)
1. REPORT NO.
  EPA-4SO/3-78-054-32
                             2.
4. TITLE AljJOSUBTltLE
 Air Pollution  Regulations in State Implementation i

 Plans:    California    San  Francisco Bay Area APCD
                                                          6. REPORT DATE

                                                            August  1978 •   	
                                                          6. PERFORMING.OHQANIZATION C0bl
7. AUTHOR(S)
                                                           8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
  Walded Division bf Abcor,  Inc.
  Wilmington/Mass.
                                                          10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                                                          11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
                                                             68-02-2890
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
  Control Programs Development Division
  Office of Ai> Quality  Planning and Standards
  Office of Air, Nbise,  and  Radiation
  Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
                                                           13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVBHlD
                                                          14. SPONSORING AGENCY COOK
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
  EPA Project Officer:   Bob  Schell, Control Programs Development Division
16. ABSTRACT           •                          	
  This document has been  produced in compliance with  Section 110(h)(l) of the Clefcri  A1r
  Act amendments of 1977.   The Federally enforceable  regulations contained in the  State
  Implementation Plans  (SIPs)  have been compiled for  all  56 States and territbHes
  (with th'e exception of  the  Northern Mariana Islands).   They consist of both the
  Federally approved State  and/or local air quality regulations as indicated in  thd
  Federal Register and  the  Federally promulgated regulations for the State4 as
  indicated in the Federal  Register. Regulations which  fall  into one of the above
  categories as of January  1,  1978, have been incorporated.   As mandated by COntjrfcilk,
  this document,wiu be updated annually.  State and/or local air quality regulations
  which Have not been Federally approved as of January  1, 1978, are not included hd
  omission of these regulations from this document in no way affects the ability of
  the respective Federal, State, or local agencies to enforce such regulations.
17.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
  Air pollution
  Federal Regulations
  Pollution
  State Implementation  Plans
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

  RELEASE UNLlMlTEb
                                             b.lOENTIFlERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS  C. COSATI
                                             is. SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
                                                Unclassified
                                              2O. SECURITY CLASS (This page)

                                                Unclassified

EPA Form 2220-1 (>-73)

-------
                              EPA-450/3-78-054-32
    Air Pollution Regulations
in  State Implementation Plans
                 *
                 California
      San Francisco Bay Area APCD
                       by

                Walden Division of Abcor, Inc.
                 Wilmington, Massachusetts
                 Contract No. 68-02-2890
                EPA Project Officer: Bob Schell
                    Prepared for

            U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
               Office of Air, Noise, and Radiation
             Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
            Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711

                    August 1978

-------
This report is issued by the Environmental Protection Agency to
report air pollution regulations of interest to a limited number of
readers.  Copies are available, for a fee, from the National Technical
Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161.
This report was furnished to the Environmental Protection Agency by
Walden Division of Abcor, Inc., Wilmington, Mass. 01887, in fulfilImerit
of Contract No. 68-02-2890.  the contents of this report are reproduced
herein as received from Wald^n Division of Abcor,  Inc. The opinions,
findihgs, and conclusions expressed are those of the author and not
necessarily those of the Environmental Protection Agency. Mention of
company or product names is hot to be considered as an endorsement
by the Environmental Protection Agency.
                    Publication No.  EPA-450/3-78-054-32

-------
          s                  INTRODUCTION

                                                              *
     This document has been produced in compliance with Section  110(h)(l)
of the Clean Ait Act, Amendments of 1977.  The Federally enforceable.
regulations contained 1n the State Implementation-Plans (SIPs) have-beerv
compiled for all 56 States and territories (with the exception of the
Northern Mariana Islands).  They consist of both the Federally approved
State and/or local air quality regulations as indicated in the Federal
Register and the Federally promulgated regulations for the State,  as
 idlcated in the Federal Regi
the above categories as of January 1, 1978, have been incorporated.   As
indicated In the Federal  Reflister.   Regulations which  fall  into one  of
mandated by Congress, this document will be updated annually.   State
and/or local air quality regulations which have not been Federally
approved as of January 1, 1978, are not Included here; omission of these
regulations from this document in no way affects the ability of the
respective Federal, State, or local agencies to enforce such regulations.

     There have been recent changes in the Federal enforceabllity of
parking management regulations and indirect source regulations.  The
October, 1977, appropriation bill for EPA prohibited Federal enforcement
of parking management regulations in the absence of specific Federal
authorizing legislation.  Federally promulgated parking management
regulations have, therefore, been suspended indefinitely.  Pursuant to
the 1977 Clean Air Act-.Amendments, indirect source regulations may not
be required for the approval of a given SIP.  Consequently, any State
adopted indirect source regulations may be suspended or revoked; State
adopted indirect source, regulations Contained in an applicable SIP
are Federally enforceable.  More importantly, EPA may only promulgate
indirect source review regulations which are specific to Federally
funded, operated, or-owned facilities or projects.  Therefore, the
Federally promulgated indirect source regulations appearing 1n this
document are not enforceable by EPA except as they relate to Federal
facilities.

     Since State air quality regulations vary widely in their organization,
content,-and language, a standardized subject Index is utilized in this
document.  Index listings consist of both contaminant and activity oriented
categories to facilitate usage.  For example, for regulations which apply
to copper smelters, one might look under sulfur compounds (50.2), particu-
1ate matter process weight (50.1.1), or copper smelters (51.15).  Federal
regulations pertaining to a given State immediately follow the approved
State and local regulations.

     Additionally, a summary sheet of the information included in each
comprehensive document is presented prior to the regulatory text to
allow one to quickly assess the contents of the document.  Specifically,
the summary sheets contain the date of submittal to EPA of each revision
                                  iii

-------
to the SlP and the date of the Federal Register in which the revision
was either approved or disapproved by EPA.  Finally, a brief description
or reference of the regulation which was submitted is also included.

     This document is not intended to provfde a tool for determining
the enforceability of any given Regulation.  As stated above, it is
intended to provide a comprehensive compilation of those regulations
which are incorporated directly dr by reference into Title 40, Part 52,
of the Code of Federal Regulation's.  Consequently, the exclusion of a
Federally approved regulation from this document does not diminish the
enforceability of the regulation.  Similarly, the inclusion of a given
regulation (for example, regulations governing pollutants, such as odors,
for which there is no national ambient air quality standards) in this
document does not, in itself, redder the regulation enforceable.

-------
                              SUMMARY SHEET
Submittal
6/30/72
7/25/73
11/2/73
                                   OF  .
                     EPA-APPROVED REGULATION CHANGES
                              BAY AREA APCD
Approval
9/22/72
8/22/77

8/22/77
7/19/74
1/10/75
4/10/75
11/3/75
2/10/76
8/2/76
5/11/77
5/11/77
7/26/77
7/26/77
5/11/77
5/11/77
                  Description
All Regs. Approved Unless Otherwise Specified
Reg. 1, Div. 1 Sec. 1000-1010, Div. 2 Sec.
2000, Div. 3 Sec. 3000-3004, 3100-3111, 3115-
3118, 3120, 3200-3500, Div. 4, Reg. 4, Sec.1-2
Reg. 2, Div. 1 Sec. 1222, Div. 3 Sec. 3211,
Div. 4 Sec. 4113, Div. 8 Sec. 8414-8416, Div.
9 Sec. 9613, 9615, 9711.3, 9711.5, Div. 11 Sec.
11101
Reg. 1 (1) Sec. 3112-3114, 3119, 3122
Reg. 2 (1) Sec. 2018, 1-2, Reg. 7, 8
Reg. 2, 1302.2, 1302.22
Reg. 2, 1302.21, 1302.23
Reg. 1, 3121; Reg. 6
Reg. 2 Sec. 2022.1-2022.2, 2035.1, 3211.1,
Div. 16-18

-------
                         DOCUMENTATION OF CURRENT EPA-APPROVED
                            STATE AIR POLLUTION REGULATIONS
                            REVISED STANDARD SUBJECT INDEX
 1.0   DEFINITIONS
 2.0   GENERAL PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
 3.0   REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES. OPERATING PERMITS AND APPLICATIONS
 4.0   AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (PRIMARY AND SECONDARY)
       4.1    PARTICULATES
       4.2   SULFUR DIOXIDE
       4.3   NITRIC OXIDES
       4.4   HYDROCARBONS
       4.5   CARBON MONOXIDE
       4.6   OXIDANTS
       4.7   OTHERS
 5.0   VARIANCES
 6.0   COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES
 7.0   EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTION AND MAINTENANCE
 8.0   EMERGENCY EPISODES
 9.0   AIR QUALITY SURVEILLANCE AND SOURCE TESTING
10.0   NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
11.0   NATIONAL EMISSIONS STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
12.0   MOTOR VEHICLE EMISSIONS AND CONTROLS
13.0   RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING
14.0   PUBLIC AVAILABILITY OF DATA
15.0   LEGAL AUTHORITY AND ENFORCEMENT
16.0   HEARINGS, COMPLAINTS, AND INVESTIGATIONS
17.0   PREVENTION OF SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION
18.0   AIR QUALITY MAINTENANCE AREA
19.0 - 49.0
       RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION OF COMMON INDEX
50.0   POLLUTANT - SPECIFIC REGULATIONS
       50.1  PARTICULATES
             50.1.1  PROCESS WEIGHT
             50.1.2  VISIBLE EMISSIONS
             50.1.3  GENERAL
                                          vi

-------
       50.2   SULFUR COMPOUNDS
       50.3   NITRIC OXIDES
       50.4   HYDROCARBONS
       50.5   CARBON MONOXIDE
       50.6   ODOROUS POLLUTANTS
       50.7   OTHERS (Pb, Hg, etc.)
51.0   SOURCE CATEGORY SPECIFIC REGULATIONS
       51.1   AGRICULTURAL PROCESSES (Includes Grain Handling, Orchard Heaters,
              R1ce and Soybean Facilities, Related Topics)
       51.2   COAL OPERATIONS (Includes Cleaning, Preparation. Coal Refuse
              Disposal Areas, Coke Ovens, Charcoal Kilns, Related Topics)
       51.3   CONSTRUCTION (Includes Cement Plants, Materials Handling, Topics
              Related to Construction Industry)
       51.4   FERROUS FOUNDRIES (Includes Blast Furnaces, Related Topics)
       51.5   FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT (coal, natural gas, oil) - Participates
              (Includes Fuel Content and Other Related Topics)
       51.6   FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT (coal, natural gas, oil) - S02 (Includes
              Fuel Content and Other Related Topics)
       5.1.7   FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT (oil, natural gas, coal) - N02 (Includes
              Fuel Content and Other Related Topics)
       51.8   HOT MIX ASPHALT PLANTS
       51.9   INCINERATION
       51.10  NITRIC ACID PLANTS
       51.11  NON-FERROUS SMELTERS (Zn, Cu, etc.) - Sulfur Dioxide
       51.12  NUCLEAR ENERGY FACILITIES (Includes Related Topic)
       51.13  OPEN BURNING (Includes Forest Management, Forest F1re, Fire
              Fighting Practice, Agricultural Burning and Related Topics)
       51.14  PAPER PULP; WOOD PULP AND KRAFT MILLS (Includes Related Topics)
       51.15  PETROLEUM REFINERIES
       51.16  PETROLEUM STORAGE (Includes Loading, Unloading, Handling and
              Related Topics)
       $i17  SECONDARY METAL OPERATIONS  (Includes Aluminum, Steel and Related
              Topics)
       51.18  SULFURIC ACID  PLANTS
       51.19  SULFURIC RECOVERY OPERATIONS   .
       5^20  WOOD WASTE'BURNERS      ,;;-,.
       .51.21  MISCELLANEOUS  TOPICS

-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Revised Standard
Subject Index
-
0.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
-
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
0.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(51.9)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(51.21)
(2.0)
BAY AREA APCD
Section
Number
Regulation 1
1000
2000
3000
4000
Regulation 2
Division 1
Chapter 1
• Chapter 2
Division 2
Division 3
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Division 4
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Division 5
Chapter 1
REGULATIONS
Title
-
Definitions
General Prohibition
Exceptions
Disclaimer
-
Scope
Page
1
1
2
2
6
7
7
Application of this Regulation 7
Exclusions from Application
of this Regulation
Definitions
General Limitations and
Requirements
General Limitations
General Requirements
Incineration and Salvage
Operations
Limitations
Requirements
Exceptions
Heat Transfer Operations
Limitations
8
10
14
14
20
23
23
25
25
26
26
       viii

-------
Revised Standard
Subject Index
(2.0)
(51.21)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(6.0)
(2.0)
(9.0)
(9.0)
(9.0)
(9.0)
(9.0)
(9.0)
Section
Number
Chapter 2
Division 6
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Division 7
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Division 8
Chapter 1
..Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
(9.0)(6.0)



     (9.0)



    '(9.0)


     (9.0)
Chapter 6



Chapter 7



Chapter 8


Division 9
    Title                      Page

Requirements                   27

General Combustion and
 General Operations            27

Limitations                    27

Exceptions                     31

General Provisions             32

Time for Compliance            32

General                        32

Calculation Methods and
 General Sampling Procedures   33

Calculations                   33

Standard Gas Sampling
 Procedures for Vents and  -
 Stacks                        36

Particulate Matter Sampling
 Procedures for Vents and
 Stacks                        38

Area-Monitoring of Sulfur
 Dioxide Gases                 39

Specifications for Testing of
 Incineration Operations and
 Salvage Operations            39

Procedure for Making Observa-
 tions to Determine Compliance
 with 3110                     40

Determination of the Concentra-
 tion of Particulate Matter
 for the Purposes of 3113      40

Area Monitoring of Hydrogen
 Sulfide Gas                   41

Analytical Procedures          42

-------
Revised Standard
 Subject Index

    (9.0)
    (9.0)
    (9.0)
    (9.0)
    (9.0)


    (9.0)



    (9.0)



    tt.O)

    0.0)

    (2.0)


   (51.9)


  (51.21)

  (51.21)


   (50.2)

   (50.7)
Section
Number

Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5


Chapter 6



Chapter 7



Division 10

Chapter 1

Chapter 2


Chapter 3


Chapter 4

Chapter 5


Division 11

Division 12
    Title                     Page

Determination of Total Sulfur
 Oxides 1n Samples Taken from
 Gas Streams           ;        42

Chemical Procedure for Atmos-
 pheric Determinations of
 Sulfur Dioxide                43

Determination of Sulfur Trioxide
 1n Samples Taken from Gas
 Streams                       44

Specifications for the Gas
 Chromatograph to be Used for
 Determining Hydrocarbon
 Concentrations in 4113
 Chapter 1, Division 4         46

Determination of Total
 Carbonyls                     47

Determination of Hydrogen '
 Sulfide in Samples Taken
 from Gas Streams              50

Determination of Hydrogen
 Sulfide 1n Atmospheric
 Samples                       51

New and Expanded Operations    53

Definitions                    53

New Limitations - General
 Limitations and Requirements  53

Incineration and Salvage
 Operations                    53

Heat Transfer Operations       53

General Combustion and General
 Operations                    54
Hydrogen Sulfide

Lead Regulation
54

56
                                      x •

-------
Revised Standard
Subject Index
(.2.0)
(3.0)
(50.3)
(50.2)
(51.21)
(51.8)
-
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(1.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(9.0M7.0)
. (2.0)
(6.0)
(2.0)
(9.0)
Section
Number
Chapter 1
Division 13
Division 14
Division 16
Division 17
Division 18
Regulation 3
Division 1
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Division 2
Division 3
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Division 4
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
,, Division 5
.A (9.0)
Chapter 1
   Title                      Page
General Limitations            56
Permits                        59
Nitrogen Oxides                70
Sulfur Content of Fuel         74
Reduction of Animal Matter     74
Asphalt A1r Blowing            75
                               76
Scope                          76
Application of This Regu-
 lation                        76
Exclusions From Application
 of This Regulation        -    76
Definitions                    78
General Limitations and
 Requirements                  83
General Limitations            84
General Requirements           86
Excepted Source Operations
 To Conform To Modern Main-
 tenance and Operating
 Procedures          •   -      g8
General Provisions             92
Time for Compliance            92
General                        92
Calculation Methods and
  General  Sampling Procedures   94
Calculations                   94
                                    XI

-------
Revised standard     section
  Subject Index   •   Number
                                             Title
                                                 Page
      (9.0)




      (9.0)



      (9.0)

      (2.0)

      (9.0)



(9.0MS0.4)



(9.0)(50.4)
(9.0)(50.4)


      (9.0)
      (9.0)
(9.0)(50.4)
Chapter 2




Chapter 3



Division 6

Chapter 1

Chapter 2



Chapter 3



Chapter 4
Chapter 5


Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
                                        Standard Gas  Sampling
                                         Procedures for Organic
                                        Compounds In  Vents and ;
                                        Stacks   "          :            94

                                        Sampling Devices for
                                       " Specific Organic Compound
                                         Emissions                     97

                                        Analytical  Procedures          97

                                        General  Outline                97

                                        Determination of Total
                                         Organic Gases in Samples
                                         Taken from Effluents  	   98

                                        Determination of Olefins
                                         and Substituted Aromatics
                                         1n Effluents                  98

                                        Procedure for Determining
                                         the Percent  Olegins and
                                         Substituted  Aromatics in
                                         Organic Liquids Containing
                                         No Oxygenated Organic
                                         Compounds                    100

                                        Determination of Total
                                         Carbonyls                    101

                                        Use of A Portable Combust-
                                         ible Gas Indicator for
                                         Preliminary Estimation of
                                         the Concentration of Organic
                                         Gases in Effluents           103

                                        Procedure for Determining
                                         Head Space Reactivity in the
                                         Absence of Oxygenated Organic
                                         Compounds             ""     105

                                        Procedure .for Determining
                                         Olegins and Substituted Aro-
                                         matics 1n Organic Liquids and
                                         for Determining Head Space Re-
                                         activity in the Presence of
                                         Oxygenated Organic Compounds 106
                                       xii

-------
  Revised Standard
    Subject Index

(9.0)(50.4)
      (9.0)



(9.0)(50.4)


(9.0)(50.4)
      (9.0)
Section
Number

Chapter 9
Chapter 10



Chapter 11


Chapter 12
Chapter 13
(2.0)
(2.0)
(10.0)
(1.0)
(2.0)
0(51.7)
(51.9)
(51.3)
(51.10)
Regulation 4
Regulation 6
Regulation 7
-
Rule 1
Rule 2
Rule 3
Rule 4
Rule 5
   Title

Procedure for Determining
 the Percent Aldehydes 1n
 Organic Liquids  /

Test for Oxygenated Or-
 ganic Compounds 1n Organic
 Liquids

Test for 01 eg1ns In Or-
 ganic Liquids

Determination of Volume
 Percent Reactive Organic
 Compounds In Paint, Var-
 nish, Lacquer or Other
 Surface-Coveri ng Materlals
 and Solvents

Test To Determine Percent
. Reduction of Reactive
 Organic Gas Emissions by
 an Abatement Device
                                          New Source  Performance
                                           Standards

                                          Definitions
Page



107



107


108
108




109

112

112


112

112
                                          General  Provisions  New
                                           Source  Peformance  Standards   114

                                          Standards  of Performance
                                           for Fossil  Fuel-Fired
                                           Steam Generators              116

                                          Standard of  Performance  for
                                           Incinerators                 120

                                          Standards  of Performance
                                           for Portland Cement  Plants   121

                                          Standard of  Performance  for
                                           Nitric  Acid"PIants           122
                                       xiii

-------
Revised standard
  Subject Index

  (51.18)
  :C51.8)


  (51.15)


  (51.16)



  (51.17)


  (51.17)



   (51.4)


   (51.9)


   (11.0)


    (1.0)

    (2.0)

  (51.21)


   (50.7)


  (51.21)
Section
Number

Rule 6


Rule 7


Rule 8


Rule 9



Rule 10


Rule 11



Rule 12


Rule 13


Regulation 8


    •»

Rule 1

Rule 2


Rule 3


Rule 4
   Title -                     Page

Standard of Performance for
 Sulfurlc Add Plants         124
                      r *
Standard of Performance for
 Asphalt Concrete Plants      125

Standard of Performance for
 Petroleum Refineries         126

Standard of Performance for
 Storage Vessels for Petro-
 leum Liquids                 132

Standard of Performance for
 Secondary Lead Smelters      134

Standard of Performance for
 Secondary Brass and Bronze
 Ingot Production Plants      136

Standard of Performance for
 Iron and Steel Plants    "    137

Standard of Performance for
 Sewage Treatment Plants .     138

Emission Standards for
 Hazardous Pollutants         139

Definitions                   139

NESHAPS General Provisions    141

Emission Standard for
 Asbestos                     141

Emission Standard for
 Beryllium                    147

Emission Standard for
 Beryllium Rocket Motor
 Firing                       151
                                      xiv

-------
                                    .REGULATION  1


            A REGULATION OF THE BAY  AREA AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT REGULATING
            THE PRACTICE OF BURNING  OF COMBUSTIBLES  IN THE OPEN  IN THE BAY AREA AIR
            POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT.

            The Board of Directors of the Bay Area A1r Pollution Control District does
            enact as follows:

(1.0)       1000   DEFINITIONS:  The definition  of terns  and words set forth  in this
                   Regulation are applicable whenever the defined term or word is used
                   in this Regulation.

            1001   "Agricultural Fire". Msans fire used  for the  purpose of initiating,
                   continuing or maintaining agriculture as a  gainful occupation.
                   Fuels are limited to materials grown  on site  and  are not to include
                   feed or fertilizer containers; finished lumber, plastic or rubber
                   products; plumage, hides, fur, offal  or fecal material or  refuse
                   from plant or animal processing other than  from initial crop
                   harvesting, pruning or attrition  of forest, fruit and  nut  trees,
                   vines and cane crops.

            1002   "Certify". Means  to submit documentary evidence of a decision.

            1003   "Consultation". Means the active  participation by written  referral
                   and/or joint examination by the permit-writing agency  and  the Air
                   Pollution Control Officer (or his delegated agent) in  making the
                   decision to issue or to refuse issue  of a  permit. Both agencies
                   retain the prerogative to withhold permission to  burn.

            1004   "District".  Means the Bay Area Air Pollution  Control District.

            1005   "Fire". Means any combustion of combustible materials  of any type
                   outdoors in the open, not in any  enclosure, where the  products  of
                   combustion are not directed through a flue.

            1006   "Flue",   teans any duct or passage for air,  gases, or the  like,  such
                   as a stack or chimney.

            1007   "Gainful Occupation1!,  teans any occupation from which  there  is
                   proof of gross profTt as evidenced by tax  receipts,  sales  slips,
                   or other such documents.

            1008   "Notice". Means the verbal or documentary  notification of intent  to
                   use open fire under the provisions of this Regulation.   If verbal
           i.*       notice Js given,  there must be a  written confirmation  of  this  action
           -••.       sent tp^the designee within five  days.
                                               -1-

-------
         1009   "Permissive Burn-Day". Means  any  day that  is  so  declared  by  the
                A1r Pollution Control  Officer when  1n his  opinion,  air pollution
                caused by open burning may be minimized.   In  declaring such
                permissive burn-days,  the meteorological criteria established  by
                the A1r Resources  Board  for the San Francisco Bay Area Basin
                shall  be used as a guideline.

         1010   "Treated Brush". Means the material to be  burned has  been felled,
                crushed, or uprooted with mechanical  equipment,  or  has been
                desicated with herbicide.

(2.0)    2000   GENERAL PROHIBITION.   No person,  firm, corporation, association,
                or public agency shall ignite, cause to be ignited, permit to  be
                ignited, or suffer, allow, or maintain any open  outdoor fire
                within the District, except as provided in this  Regulation.

(2.0)    3000   EXCEPTIONS.  Fires set,  used  or maintained for the  following
                purposes are excepted  from the prohibitions of Section 2000.

         3001   Cooking and Recreation.   Fires used only for  cooking  of food for
                human  beings.Fires used for recreational purposes,  using only
                clean  dry wood or  charcoal, and a small amount of fire-starter.

         3002   Safety Hares.  Fires  burning as  safety flares or for the
                combustion of waste gases.

         3003   Flame  Cultivation. The  use of flame cultivation when the burning
                is performed with  LPG  or natural  gas-fired burners  designed  and
                used to kill seedling  grass and weeds in orchards,  vineyards and
                field  crops and the growth is such  that the combustion will  not
                continue without the burner.

         3004   Clean  Fires.  Any  fire,  if it can be demonstrated that nothing but
                carbon dioxide, nitrogen oxides,  or water  vapor  is  emitted under
                all operating conditions.

         3100   CONDITIONAL EXCEPTIONS.   No burning shall  take place  within  the
                District on other  than a permissive burn-day  or  without the
                permission of the  Air  Pollution Control Officer  except under
                those  conditions specified under  Section 3300.  The following
                special conditions shall become a term of  the permit  regulating
                fire allowed by. the following subsections  unless specifically
                exempted in that  subsection and  shall be complied with during  any
                burning permitted  under  those subsections.

                .1   No burning before 8:00 a.m., local time.

                .2   No additional material or fuel shall  be  ignited  nor  shall any
                    material or  fuel  be added to any fire after two  hours before
                     sunset;
                                               -2-

-------
       .3    No material or fuel shall be Ignited nor shall any material
            or fuel  be added to any fire when the wind velocity is less
            than  five (5) miles per hour, or when the wind direction
            at the site shall be such that the direction of smoke drift
            shall be other than away from populated areas In order to
            minimize local nuisance caused by smoke and particulate
            fallout.

       .4    All piled material shall have dried for a minimum of 60 days
            prior to ignition or demonstrated to contain less than 23%
            moisture on a dry basis.

       .5    Material to be burned  shall not contain more than 5% native
            soil  on  a weight basis.

       .6    Piled material shall be limited to a base area not  to exceed
            25 square yards and the height shall be at least 2/3 of the
            average  width of the pile.

       .7    Ignition material shall be  limited to those  listed  by the
            State Forester  (I.e.,  orchard torches, drip  torches,
            pressurized diesel torches, propane or LPG torches, commercial
            petroleum gel materials (napalm, bllvets) pressurized or
            solid, commercial safety fuse, commercial type ignition
            grenades (Fenner etc.), fuses, Commercial fuse lighters,
            matches); all fires shall be  ignited so as to burn  as rapidly
            as possible within conditions of safety and  minimum pollution.

       .8    Ignition must be initiated  from the top of the piled material,
            and  no additional material  except those described under 3100.7
            shall be added  to the  fire.

       .9    Tonnage  of material burned  on any given day  and/or  at any
            specified site is subject to  limitations  set by  the Air
            Pollution Control Officer,  but may not exceed any  limits set
            by the California Air  Resources Board.

3110   Disease and  Pest.  Agricultural  fires set by or permitted  by  the
       County Agricultural  Commissioner of  the County, if such  fire  is
       set of permission  given  in  the performance of  the official duty
       of  such County Agricultural Commissioner for the  purpose of
       disease and  pest prevention.  Although  permission of  the Air
       Pollution Control  Officer  is not required for  this Section,  notice
       1s  required.

3111   Hazardous Material.   Any fire  set  or permitted by any public
       officer,  in  the  performance of official duty,  if  such fire is  set
       or  permission given  for  the purpose  of  the  prevention of fire
       hazard including  the disposal  of dangerous materials, which  fire
       is, in the opinion of such  official  necessary.
                                       -3-

-------
3112   Fire Training.   Fires set for the instruction of either public
       or industrial employees in fire fighting methods when certified
       necessary by the public officer having jurisdiction.   Notwith-
       standing contrary provisions of Section 3100, each  fire fighting
       agency may set one fire for the purpose of training volunteer
       fire fighters per quarter year on other than  a permissive  burn
       day if the Air Pollution Control Officer is notified at least two
       weeks in advance.

3113   Crop Replacement.  Agricultural fires set or  permitted by  the
       public officer having jurisdiction in the performance of official
       duty, necessary to establish an agricultural  crop in a location
       which formerly contained another type of agricultural crop or
       natural growth, during a period between October 1 and April  30.

3114   Orchard Pruning and Attrition.  Agricultural  fires  set or  permitted
       by the public officer having jurisdiction in  the performance of
       official duty,  necessary to maintain and continue the growing of
       fruit and nut trees, vineyards and cane fruits, as  a gainful
       occupation, for the purpose of disposal of periodic prunings and
       attrition losses from fruit and nut trees, vineyards and cane
       fruits, during a period beginning December 1  and ending April 30.

3115   Double Cropping Stubble.  Agricultural fires  set or permitted by
       a fire official having jurisdiction, in the performance of-
       official duty,  for the purpose of disposal of grain stubble from
       agricultural operations on which both grain and vegetable  crops
       are harvested during the same calendar year and on  which it is
       necessary to remove the grain stubble and straw before planting
       a field vegetable crop, during a period beginning June 1 and
       ending August 31.

3116   Stubble.  Agricultural fires set or permitted by a  fire official
       having jurisdiction, in the performance of official duty,
       necessary to maintain and continue the growing of field crops
       as a gainful occupation, for the purpose of disposal of stubble
       and straw, during a period beginning September 1 and ending
       December 31.

3117   Irrigation Ditches.  Fires set or permitted by a fire official
       having jurisdiction, in the performance of official duty,
       necessary to control the growth of vegetation in irrigation ditches
       and canals.

3118   Flood Control.   Fires set or permitted by a public  official in
       charge of flood control activities for the purpose  of disposal
       of material which is lying or growing within  natural channels
       or flood control channels which fires are, in the opinion  of such
      .official, a necessary incident to the clearing and  maintenance
       of water courses and flood control channels for the specific
       purpose of preventing or eliminating a flood  hazard.  •
                                       -4-

-------
3119   Range Management.  Fires set or permitted by the State
       Forester or fire official, necessary to maintain and continue
       the grazing of animals as a gainful occupation for the purpose
       of range Improvement and grazing, during a period between July
       1 and April 30.  Brush to be burned shall be treated at least
       six months prior to burn if determined to be technically
       feasible by the State Forester or fire official.  Unwanted trees
       over six Inches 1n diameter shall be felled prior to burn and
       dried for a minimum of six months.  Feasibility shall be subject
       to consultation with the Air Pollution Control Officer.  Sections
       3100.1 and 3100.6 may be waivered by the State Forester or fire
       official when determined necessary 1n the public interest.
       Beneficial use permits for Game and Wildlife habitat improvement
       must be certified by the Department of Fish and Game.

3120   Forest Management.  Fires set or permitted by a fire official
       having jurisdiction in the performance of fire duty necessary to
       remove forest debris and for forest management purposes during
  :     a period between November 1 and April 30.  Section 3100.1 and
       3100.6 may be waived by the State Forester when he deems such
       action necessary in the public interest.  All material shall be
       piled or windrowed unless deemed poor cultural practice by the
  :     State Forester.

3121   Wildlife Management.  Fires certified by the State of California
       Department of Fish and Game to be necessary for the improvement of
       lowland and marsh for wildlife and game habitat, during a period be-
       ginning March 1 and ending April 30, and a period beginning September
       15 and ending October 15.  No such fire may be permitted on a given
       piece of land more than once in any two year period.  The Department
       of Fish and Game shall provide the Air Pollution Control Officer such
       information as may be deemed necessary by the Air Pollution Control
       Officer..
3122   Flood Debris.   Fires  set or permitted by the public  officer having
       jurisdiction in the performance  of official  duty necessary to
       remove wood and vegetation debris deposited by flood waters,  for
       the purpose of continuing or maintaining agriculture as a gainful
       occupation, during a  period between October 1 and May 31.

3200   INFORMATION REQUIRED.   Each permittee shall  provide  the Air
       Pollution Control Officer with a report of the location of the
       fire, the type of material burned and the quantity of material
       consumed, within 10 days following each fire so that information
       as required by the Air Resources Board may be forwarded.

3300   EMERGENCY .WAIVERS.  A Pub-lie Officer authorized under Sections
  :     3110, 3111 and 3118 to grant permits for open burning may grant
       waivers from Section 3100 (3100 through 3100.9), when in his
       judgement, such emergency or summary action is necessary for the
       public safety.  When such action is taken, the authorizing
       authority s'hall certify the following in a report:  the name and
                                       -5-

-------
              address of the permittee, the site and date of burning, a
              description and quantity of the material burned and an; explanation
              /for his actions shall be submitted to the Air Pollution.Control
              Officer within 10 days following the burning so that these facts
              may be forwarded to the Air Resources Board.           :

        3400   AGRICULTURAL LAND USE.  Debris from land clearing shall not
              qualify under Sections 3110, 3113, 3114, 3115, or 3116 unless
              permittee certifies, under penalty of perjury, that said land is
              to remain 1n agricultural use for a gainful occupation and that
              permittee has not caused or contributed to the need for the
              burning of the material for any reason other than the promotion
              of agricultural use of the land for a gainful occupation.  However,
              the County Agricultural Commissioner may waive this Section by
              certifying that burning of the material under Section 3110 is,
              in his opinion, the only safe method of disposal.  Failure, to
              comply with the conditions of the Section shall be considered a
              violation of the Regulation.  Each pile burned 1n violation shall
              be cited as a separate offense.

        3500   PENALTY.  Violation of this Regulation is a misdemeanor under the
              California Health and Safety Code Section 29361.5 and  is
              punishable by a fine of not more than $500 or six (6) months
              imprisonment or both.

(2.0)   4000   DISCLAIMER.  Nothing in this Regulation is Intended to permit
              any practice which is a violation of any statute, ordinance,
              rule  or regulation.
                                             -6-

-------
                                      REGULATION 2


         A REGULATION OF THE  BAY AREA  AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT REGULATING
         EMISSIONS OF CERTAIN AIR  CONTAMINANTS1 FROM INCINERATION2, SALVAGE, HEAT
         TRANSFER, GENERAL  COMBUSTION, AND GENERAL OPERATIONS

         The Board of Directors of the Bay Area A1r Pollution Control District
         does enact as follows:

(2.0)                               DIVISION  1 - SCOPE

(2.0)    CHAPTER 1 - APPLICATION OF THIS REGULATION

         1110   This Regulation shall  apply,  except as excluded  in Chapter 2,
                Division 1, to emission of the air contaminants  listed  in 1111
                from the operations defined in this section 1110; and to the
                registration  of each person responsible  for emissions of air
                contaminants, whether, or not limits are established by this
                Regulation  for emission of such contaminants.

                .1   Incineration  Operation means any source operation  in which
                     combustion is carried on for the principal  purpose, or with
                     the principal result, of oxidizing  a waste  material to reduce
                     its bulk or facilitate disposal or  both of  such.

                .2   Salvage  Operation means  any source  operation in which combustion
                     is carried on for the principal purpose, or with the .principal
                     result,  of salvaging metals which are introduced into the
                     operation as  essentially pure metals, or alloys thereof, by
                     oxidation of  physically  intermingled combustible material; but
                     excludes operations in which there  1s complete fusion of all
                     such metals.

                .3   Heat Transfer Operation  means the combustion side  of any source
                     operation which (a) Involves the combustion of fuel for the
                     principal purpose of utilizing the  heat of  combustion-product
                     gases  by the  transfer of such heat  to the process  material;
                     and (b)  does  not  transfer a significant portion of heat by direct
                     contact  between the combustion-product gases and the process
                     material.
         *24360, Health and Safety Code of the State of California,  contains
         additional  provisions relating to the emission of air contaminants.

         2Bold-face is used throughout this Regulation to indicate words defined
         in either DivisipjjjS 1 or 2.   Except as otherwise.specifically defined in this
         Regulation and except where  the^context otherwise indicates,  words used in
         this Regulation are used in  exactly the same sense as the same words are
         used 1n Chapter 2.*5, Division 20; of the Health and Safety  Code of the
         State of California.            :'•"            . /
                                                -7-

-------
                .4   General  Combustion  Operation means any source operation 1n
                     which  combustion  1s carried on, exclusive of heat transfer
                     operations,  Incineration  operations, and salvage-operations.

                .5   General  Operation means any source operation not ipcluded in
                     1110.1 through  1110.4  inclusive.

         1111   This Regulation applies, as herein provided, to

                .1   Sulfur dioxide  from all operations listed in 1110.1 through
                     1110.5 inclusive.

                .2   Particulate  matter from all  operations  listed in  1110.1 through
                     1110.5 inclusive.

                .3   Visible emissions from all operations listed in 1110.1 through
                     1110.5 inclusive.

                .4   Hydrocarbons and  carbonyls from incineration operations and
                     salvage operations.

         1112   Person means any  natural person, a corporation, government agency,
                public officer, association, joint venture, partnership or any
                combination of such, jointly or separately, operating in concert
                for any common objective related to the purposes of this Regulation.
                It Includes the owner, lessor, lessee, tenant, licensee, manager,
                and operator, or  any of  such,  of any emission point or any source
                operation related thereto,  or  of any interest in such emission
                point or source operation.


(2.0)     CHAPTER 2 - EXCLUSIONS FROM APPLICATION OF THIS REGULATION

         This Regulation does not apply  to  emissions arising from the source
         operations listed  in 1210 through  1222.

         1210   Vehicles as defined  by the  Vehicle Code of the State of California;
                or aircraft.

         1211   Internal combustion  engines of less than 1500 cubic inches displace-
                ment; or any engine  used solely as a standby source of motive  power.

         1212   Deleted by  Resolution  578,  dated May 7, 1969.

         1213   Source operations or emission  points or emissions where all of
                the requirements  of  1213.1, 1213.2, and 1213.3 are met.

                .1   The air contaminants shall be purposely emitted for the sole
                     purpose of a specific  beneficial  use of a major portion of
                     such air contaminants; and
                                               -8-

-------
       .2   Essentially all  of the air  contaminants shall be confined
            to the area in which  such beneficial use 1s obtained; and

       .3   The quantity and nature  of  the air contaminants, and the
            proportion of air contaminant used 1n relation to amounts
            of other materials involved in the beneficial use of air
            contaminants, shall  conform to  accepted practice in the
            type of use employed.

1214   Experimental Operations where all of  the  requirements of
       1214.1, 1214.2, and 1214.3 are met.

       .1   The purpose of the operation and the need  for the exception
            arises from investigation,  experiment or research to advance
            the state of knowledge or to improve technique; and

       .2   The control officer has  given express prior approval which
            shall Include limitation of time; and

       .3   The health officer having jurisdiction  has been consulted
            and concurred in all  terms  of the exceptions.

1215   Open Outdoor Eires which meet the requirements  of  3, except  3e,
       Regulation 1; and fires used  only for recreational purposes,
       residential heating,  or occasional cooking of food for human
       beings, where such use is  accomplished 1n a  fireplace or  barbecue
       pit.  Amended by Resolution 578, dated May 7, 1969.

1216   Laboratory Equipment  used exclusively for chemical or physical
       analyses or experimentation.

1217   Equipment for inspection of metal products.

1218   Portable brazing, soldering or welding equipment.

1219   Comfort air conditioning or comfort  ventilating systems which
       are not designed to remove air contaminants  generated by  or
       released from specific units  of  equipment.

1220   Any emission point which is not  an  intended  opening, and  from
       which no significant  quantities  of  air contaminants  are  emitted.

1221   Smoke generators which are intentionally operated  for purposes
       of training observers in observing  the shade or opacity  of
 ;^.    emissions under Division 3 of this  Regulation.

1222   Orchard heaters in the County of Napa and in the portions of
  £"..    the Counties of Solano and Sonoma that are  parts  of  the  Bay
    .   Area A1r Pollution Control District until June  30, 1972.
   /   (Added by Resolution  674, dated  July 22,  1971.)
                                     -9-

-------
(1.0)                               DIVISION 2 - DEFINITIONS             \

           2010   Air Pollution Control Equipment means any operation which  has
                  as Its essential purpose a significant reduction in (a)  the  emission
                  of air contaminants, or (b) the effect of such  emission.   Amended
                  by Resolution 578» dated May 7, 1969.

           2011   Area of an Opening or Containing Device means the area of  a
                  projection of the opening or of the gas passage upon a plane
                  to which the principal direction of gas flow is perpendicular.

           2012   Atmosphere means the air that surrounds the earth, and includes
                  the general volume of gases contained within any building  or
                  structure; but excludes both

                  (a)  The gases contained in any building or structure specifically
                       designed for and used as part of an air pollution abatement
                       operation or in a piece of processing  or operating  equipment,
                       or in any building from which no significant portion  of the
                       air contaminants contained therein escapes; and

                  (b)  The gases traveling from a source operation to a collection
                       system, provided such collection system collects the  air
                       contaminants discharged by such source operation to such  a
                       degree that no significant portion thereof escapes  collection,
                       and provided further that such collection  system emits  all
                       collected gases through a Type "A" emission point.

           2013   Auxiliary Fuel means any material which undergoes combustion in
                  an incineration operation or in a salvage operation; but excludes
                  any waste material, the combustion of which is  a part of the
                  principal purpose of the operation.

           2014   Combustion means the rapid exothermic reaction  of any material
                  with oxygen.

           2015   Containing Device means any stack, duct, flue,  oven, kettle, or
                  other structure or device which so contains an  air contaminant,
                  or a gas stream which contains or may contain an air contaminant,
                  as essentially to prevent its entering the  atmosphere except
                  through such openings as may be incorporated for that purpose  in
                  the containing device; and excludes equipment used for air
                  pollution abatement operations, and any other device which
                  significantly changes the nature, extent, quantity, or degree  of
                  air contaminants in the gas stream or in which  such change does
                  or has a natural tendency to occur.
                                                -10-

-------
2016   Emission means the act of passing Into the atmosphere  an  air
       contaminant or a gas stream which contains or may contain an air
       contaminant; or the material so passed to the atmosphere.
2017   Emission Point means the location (place in horizontal  plane and
       vertical elevation) at which an emission enters the atmosphere.
2018   Exhaust Gas Volume means the total volume of gases emitted from
       an emission point.
       .1   Facility means any contiguous property or parcels of
            property which are in reasonably close proximity  owned by
            a person which contains one or more emission points.
       .2   Indirect Source means a facility, building, structure, or
            installation, or combination thereof which causes or may
            cause mobile source activity that results in emissions of
            a pollutant, or creation of a pollutant for which there
            is a national or state air quality standard.  Such indirect
            sources shall include, but not be limited to:
            a)   highways and roads
            b)   parking lots and garages
            c)   shopping centers and other retail facilities
            d)   recreational centers and amusement parks
            e)   sports stadiums
            f)   airports
            g)   residential, commercial or industrial developments
            h)   metropolitan redevelopment centers
            i)   governmental buildings
            j)   hospitals and other medical facilities
            k)   educational institutions
            1)   hotels and motels
            m)   Office buildings
            n)   restaurants
                  i                             '. ' •
            o)   theaters
                                       -11-

-------
            Those Indirect sources  which  are  subject  to  permit
            requirements and all  other requirements of this  regulation
            are described in 1315,  Sections 4,  5,  6,  7 and 8.

2019   General  Combustion Operation is defined^in  1110.4, Chapter  1,
       Division 1.

2020   General  Operation is defined in 1110.5,  Chapter 1, Division 1.

2021   Heat Transfer Operation is defined in  1110.3,  Chapter 1,
       Division 1.

2022   Incineration Operation is  defined  in 1110.1 Chapter 1, Division  1.

       .1   Kraft pulp mill means any combination  of  industrial  operations
            which converts wood to  pulp,  and  which uses  in the pulping
            process an alkaline sulfide cooking liquor containg  sodium
            hydroxide and sodium sulfide.

       .2   Kraft recovery furnace  means  the  combustion  device,  including
            the direct contact evaporator, in which pulping  chemicals
            are converted to a molten smelt,  and in which wood solids
            are incinerated.

2023   Operation means any physical action resulting  in  a change in the
       location, form, or physical  properties of a material, or  any
       chemical action resulting in a change  in the chemical composition
       or chemical, or physical properties of a material.  The following
       are given as examples, without limitation of the  generality of
       the foregoing:  heat transfer, calcination, double decomposition,
       fermentation, pyrolysis, electrolysis, combustion, material
       handling, evaporation, mixing, absorption,  filtration, screening,
       and fluidization.

2024   Particul.ate Matter means any material  which is emitted as liquid
       or solid particles, or both  of such,  but does  not include uncombined
       water; for the purposes of this section  2024,  material emitted
       at any temperature in excess of 500°F, may  be  deemed  to have been
       emitted at 500°F.  Particulate matter, as defined in  this section
       2024, shall be determined by the procedure  specified  in Chapter  3,
       Division 8.

2025   Person is defined in 1112, Chapter 1,  Division 1.

2026   ppm (vol) means parts per million  by volume.

2027   Process Weight means the total weight of all materials introduced
       into a source operation, including solid fuels, but  excluding
       liauids and gases used solely as fuels,  and excluding air
       introduced for purposes of combustion.
                                      -12-

-------
       Process Weight Rate means  a  rate  established as follows:

       (a)   For continuous or long-run steady-state source operations,
            the total process weight for the  entire period of continuous
            operation or for a typical portion  thereof, divided by  the
            number of hours of such period  or portion thereof.

       (b)   For cyclical or batch source operations, the  total process
            weight for a period which covers  a  complete operation or
            an integral number of cycles, divided  by the  hours of actual
            process operation during such period.

       Where the nature of any process or operation or the design of
       any equipment is such as to  permit more  than one interpretation
       of this section 2027 that  interpretation which results in the
       minimum value for allowable  emission shall  apply.

2028   Salvage Operation 1s defined in 1110.2,  Chapter 1, Division  1.

2029   Significant Dimension of an  Area  means the  square  root of the
       numerical value of the area.

2030   Source Gas Volume means the  volume,  in standard cubic feet,  of
       all  gases leaving a source operation;  for purposes of this section
       2030,  the boundary of a source operation  is  that point or surface
       at which the separation of the air contaminants from  the process
       materials, or the conversion of the  process materials into'air
       contaminants, is essentially complete.

2031   Source Operation means the last operation preceding the emission
       of an air contaminant, which operation (a)  results in the separation
       of the air contaminant from  the process  materials  or  in the
       conversion of the process  materials  into air  contaminants, as
       in the case of combustion  of fuel; and (b)  is  not  an  air pollution
       abatement operation.

2032   Standard Conditions means  a  pressure of  14.7  pounds per square
       inch, absolute, and a temperature of 60  degrees Fahrenheit.

2033   Standard Cubic Foot of a Gas means that  amount of  the gas which
       would occupy a cube having dimensions  of one  foot  on  each  side,
       if the gas were at standard  conditions;  calculations  to determine
       the number of standard cubic feet corresponding  to actual measured
       conditions shall follow accepted  engineering  practice.

2034   Standard Dry Cubic Foot of a Gas  means that amount of the  gas
       which would occupy a cube  having  dimensions of one foot on each
       side, 1f the gas were free of water  vapor and  at standard
       condltions^calculations to determine the number of standard  dry.
       cubic feet corresponding -to  actual measured conditions  shall follow
       accepted engineering practice.
                                      -13-

-------
         2035   Sunset and  Sunrise mean  the  times of civil sunset and civil
                sunrise in  San  Francisco

                .1    TRS (Total  Reduced  Sulfur) means the total reduced sulfur
                     contained  in hydrogen sulfide, mercaptans, dimethyl sulfide,
                     demethyl disulfide  and  all other organic sulfide compounds,
                     expressed  as hydrogen sulfide.  Sulfur dioxide, sulfur
                     trioxide and sulfuric acid mist are not included in the
                     definition of TRS.

         2036   Type "A" Emission Point  means  an opening of reasonably regular
                geometry, preceded by  a  containing device which has a  minimum length
                six times the significant dimension of  the emission point and
                within such minimum  length;has a reasonably straight gas flow
                channel; has smooth  interior surfaces;  has area and geometry
                essentially constant and equal to the emission  point; and does
                not cause a significant  change in the gross direction of gas
                flow.

         2037   Type "B" Emission Point  means  any emission point not qua!lying
                under 2036  as a Type "A" emission point.

         2038   Quantity of emission from a  Type "B" emission point shall be the
                quantity of emission computed  by multiplying the quantity of
                emission from a test area by the proportion which the whole area
                bears to such test area. Such test area may be taken as the cross
                sectional area  of the  inlet  to a sample probe.  The emission
                from any test area of  a  Type "B" emission point shall be deemed
                to  be representative in  every  respect of the emissions from the
                whole area  of such Type  "B"  emission point.  Emissions from the
                test area may be measured at the place  and by the procedure
                which result in the  highest  measurement of air  contaminants.
                This section shall not apply if other sampling  and  testing
                facilities  which will  disclose the nature, extent, quantity, and
                degree of air contaminants are provided by the  person responsible
                for the emission.


(2.0)                                 DIVISION 3
                         GENERAL LIMITATIONS  AND REQUIREMENTS

         3000   This division applies  to all source operations; namely,  incineration,
                salvage, heat transfer,  general combustion, and general  operations  as
                defined in  1110.1 through  1110.5 of Chapter 1,  Division  1,  unless
                such source operation  is excluded under Chapter 2,  Division  1.

(2.0)    CHAPTER 1  - GENERAL LIMITATIONS

         3110   VISIBLE EMISSIONS.   Except  as  provided  in 3111  through  3114,  no
                person shall cause,  let, permit, suffer, or allow the  emission  for
                                               -14-

-------
       more than three minutes 1n any one hour of a gas stream containing
       air contaminants which, at the emission point or within a
       reasonable distance of the emission point, is (Amended by Resolution
       No 398, dated March 3, 1965).

       .1   As dark or darker in shade as that designated as No. 1 on
            the Ringelmann Chart as published in the United States Bureau
            of Mines Information Circular 7718, or (Amended by
            Resolution 635, Dated November 5, 1970).

       .2   Of such opacity as to obscure an observer's view to a degree
            equal to or greater than does smoke described in 3110.1; and
            the determination of such opacity shall be according to
            procedures in Chapter 6, Division 8.

3111   Where the presence of uncombined water is the only reason for the
       failure of an emission to meet the limitations of 3110, that
       section shall not apply.  The burden of proof which establishes
       the application of this 3111 shall be upon the person seeking to
       come within its provisions.  (Amended by Resolution No. 398, dated
       March 3, 1965).

3112   3110 shall not apply to any emission on the basis of any observation
       of an air contaminant observed while such contaminant is inside •
	a bona fide building.

NOTES TO 3111

       Note 1.   The Control Officer from time to time prepares and
                 distributes a statement of practice in administering
                 3111.  These statements are not adopted by the Board
                 of Directors as a part of this regulation.  They are
                 guides to staff activity and are intended to be
                 helpful guides to the public.

       Not 2.    Water mist alone is not a "noxious mist" and therefore
                 not an "air contaminant" as defined in .Health.and;
                 Safety Code 24348.3.
3113   If the person responsible for an emission can show that the
       emission meets all the requirements of this section 3113 as
       given in 3113.1 through 3113.7, then compliance with the
       limitations of this section 3113 instead of with the limitations
       of 3110 can be used by such person to show compliance of such
       emission with the limitations pertaining to visible emissions of
       this Regulation 2.  The burden of showing compliance with each
  '-•<•    and all of.^the provisions of this section 3113 shall be upon the
       person seeking to come within its provisions.
                                       -15-

-------
       .1   The emission is from a Type "A"  emission  point.

       .2   The emission does not contain significant amounts  of
            materials which are vapors  at stack  temperature  and
            particulate matter at ambient temperature.

       .3   The emission has a constant appearance which  for the
            purposes of this section 3113 shall  mean  that the  emission
            has a clearly discernible predominant darkness of  shade
            or degree of opacity, in the sense of 3110, and  that the
            aggregate of all the periods during  which the observed
            shade or opacity differs by 0.5  Ringelmann number  or more
            from such predominant shade or opacity does not  exceed 3
            minutes in any consecutive  60 minutes.

       ,4   During the time that all of the  other requirements of this
            section 3113 are met, the emission does not contain  more
            than V grains of parti oil ate matter per standard cubic
            foot, where

                                 n=0.06/L

            and "L is the significant dimension  of the emission  point,
            in feet.  Tests to determine compliance with  this  section
            3113.4 shall follow the procedure given in Chapter 7,
            Division 8 (Amended by Resolution 635 dated November 5, 1970),

       .5   The emission does not contain material other  than  the par-
            ticulate matter determined  in 3113.4 or uncombined water or
            both, that contributes significantly to the failure  of the
            emission to meet the limitations of  3110.

       .6   Only emissions  of that darkness  of shade, degree of  opacity,
            or appearance of plume which have been observed  pursuant
            to 3113.3 and 3113.4 and which emissions  have been found
            to comply with the limitations of 3113.4  are  permitted by
            this section 3113.

       .7   The control officer may require  a repeated showing of com-
            pliance with this section 3113 upon  a'significant  change in
            operating conditions or upon observation  of a significant
            change in the appearance of the  plume.

3114   (Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

       .1   (Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

       .2   (Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

       •3   (Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)
                                      -16-

-------
3120   SULFUR DIOXIDE

3121   No person shall  cause,  let,  permit,  suffer,  or allow any emission
       of sulfur dioxide which results  in ground  level concentrations of
       sulfur dioxide at any given  point in excess  of 0.5  ppm  (vol) for
       3 consecutive minutes or any of  the  limits specified in Table 1.
       3121 shall not apply to the  ground level concentrations occurring
       on the property from which such  emission occurs,  provided such
       property, from the emission  point to the point of any such
       concentration, 1s controlled by  the  person responsible  for  such
       emission.  (Amended by  Resolution 635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

3122   Except as provided in 3123,  no person shall  cause,  let, permit,
       suffer, or allow the emission of gas containing sulfur  dioxide
       In excess of 300 ppm (vol).   All sampling  of exhaust gases  shall
       follow the techniques prescribed 1n  Chapter  2, Division 8.
       For purposes of this section 3122, all  sulfur present in gaseous
       compounds centalng oxygen shall  be deemed  to be present as  sulfur
       dioxide, and analyses of samples taken  to  determine the amount
       of sulfur dioxide in exhaust gases shall be  made  as specified
       in Chapter 1, Division  9. Tests for determining  compliance
       with this section 3122  shall be  for  not less than 15 consecutive
       minutes or 90% of the time of actual source  operation,  whichever
       is less.  (Amended by Resolution 635, dated  November 5, 1970.)
                               TABLE I

                                3121
                   MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SULFUR DIOXIDE
                         GROUND LEVEL LIMITS
SOg Concentration
ppm (vol)
Column 1
1.5
0.5
0.3
': 0-1
;;•• 0.04
(Amended by Resolution 6j
Total Cumulative Exposure Between
Sunrise and the Next Succeeding
Sunrise in Hours
Where Parti cul ate Matter
Standard is Exceeded
Column 2
0.05
1.0
3.2
9.6
24.0
51, dated November 5, 1970.
Where Parti cul ate Matter
Standard is not Exceeded
Column 3
0.05
1.0
8.0
No Limit
No Limit
)
                                     -17-

-------
3123   Emissions exceeding the limits established in 3122 shall  not
       constitute a violation of that section provided that all
       requirements of this section 3123,  to wit, 3123.1  through 3123.9,
       inclusive, are satisfied.

       .1   Such emissions shall not result in ground-level concentrations
            of sulfur dioxide exceeding the limits established  by 3121.

       .2   The person responsible for such emissions shall have notified
            the control officer in writing, prior to such emission, of
            his intent to operate under the provisions of 3123.   Such
            notice shall  include information as to the location  of all
            significant emission points, the location of  the monitoring
            stations specified in 3123.3 and 3123.4, and  the nature of
            the source operations related  to each such emission.

       .3   Such person shall provide at least three recording  sulfur
            dioxide monitoring stations located in the area surrounding
            the source, which stations shall be operated  in accordance
            with the specifications of Chapter 4, Division 8.

       .4   Such person shall provide at least one recording meteorological
            station equipped to record wind speed and wind direction.

       .5   Such person shall provide the  necessary car and maintenance
            services so that the instruments will function  properly and
            adequately record sulfur dioxide exposures in the area.

       .6   Such person shall provide to the control officer a  summary
            of the data obtained from such instruments during each calendar
            month.  Such summary shall be in such form and detail as
            will show the degree of compliance with 3121, and the time,
            location, extent, and duration of any recorded violation of
            the provisions of 3121; shall  include data giving the total
            mass rate of emission of sulfur dioxide from  the emission
            points specified in 3123.2, and a detailed report of
            instrument performance and maintenance; and shall be submitted
            within the calendar month immediately succeeding the
            recording of the data.

       .7   Such person shall keep for a period of at least two years
            all records gathered as a result of this section 3123, and
            shall make these available to the control officer at his
            request.  (Amended by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

       .8   Such person shall examine at the time of each instrument
            maintenance check and in any case at intervals of no greater
            than every seven days instrument records taken pursuant to
            the requirements of this section 3123 to determine compliance
                                      -18-

-------
            with 3121.   Any recorded violation  of 3121  shall be  reported
            to the control  officer with1n  the next normal working  day
            after such  examinations.   (Amended  by Resolution 635,  dated
            November 5, 1970.)

       .9   Whenever the records  Indicate  that  a  violation  of  3121 has
            occurred the person responsible  for such  emission  must
            furnish evidence that proper action has been taken to  prevent
            recurrence,  or a violation  of 3123 will  be deemed to  have
            occurred and emission will be  regulated by  3122.   When
            Instrument  records  are not adequate to show compliance with 3121
            the control officer may specify  the schedule to be followed for
            producing a satisfactory record  history.

       .10  Suspended particulate matter concentrations may be measured
            by the person responsible for  the sulfur  dioxide emissions
            to determine whether the maximum allowable  sulfur  dioxide
            ground level limits established  in  3121 shall be the limits
            of Column 2 or Column 3 of Table 1.  Such measurements of
            suspended particulate matter concentrations shall  be in
            accordance  with the provisions of 8414, 8415 and 8416,
            Chapter 4,  Division 8.  Such measurements shall be made at
            the same sites  as the sulfur dioxide  monitoring stations
            described in 8411 of Chapter 4,  Division  8. (Add"by
            Resolution  635, dated November 5, 1970.)

       .11  The limitations established  1n Column 2 of  Table  1 of  3121
            shall be deemed to apply if  suspended particulate  matter
            concentrations  are not measured  and reported by the  person
            responsible for the emission of  sulfur dioxide.  (Added by
            Resolution  635, dated November 5, 1970.)

3124   All persons subject to 3120, 3121 and 3122 may be required  to
       install and maintain, at or within  a  reasonable  distance  before
       the emission point,  sensing, indicating  and recording equipment
       that will accurately sense, indicate  and record  minute  by minute
       fluctuations of  the  volume of gases being  emitted, and  the  presence
       and concentration of sulfur dioxide,  subject to  the  conditions of
       3124.4.  (Added  by Resolution 635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

       .1   The equipment required by Section 3124 shall be calibrated,
            maintained, serviced and repaired by  the  person responsible
            for the operation so that it will function  and  adequately
            sense, indicate and record the phenomena  it is  designed to
            sense, indicate and record.   (Added by Resolution  635,
            dated November 5, 1970.)
                                      -19-

-------
                .2    The  records  of the measurements  required by  3124 shall be
                     kept for  a period of two years*  and  they shall  be made
                     available to the Control Officer at  his request.  (Added by
                     Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.)

                .3    The  person responsible  for  the operation shall  provide to
                     the  Control  Officer  a summary of the data obtained from the
                     equipment required by 3124  during  each calendar month.  Such
                     summary shall  be in  such form as is  prescribed  by the Control
                     Officer.  (Added by  Resolution 635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

                .4    The  Control  Officer  may require  that instrumentation prescribed
                     by 3124 shall  be installed  when  he has reason to believe that
                     emissions of sulfur  dioxide exceeded those allowed by 3121
                     or 3122.  (Added by  Resolution 635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

         3131   No  person shall cause, let,  permit, suffer, or allow, from any
                source operation  manufacturing sulfuric acid using as a principle
                raw material any  sulfun-containing material, any  emission having
                a concentration of S03 or H2S04, or both, expressed  as 100%
                HgSO/j, exceeding  0.04 grain  per  standard  dry cubic foot of exhaust
                gas volume.  (Added by Resolution 635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

                .1    No person shall cause,  let, permit,  suffer,  or  allow, from
                     any  source operation manufacturing sulfur using as a
                     principal raw material  any  sulfur-containing material, any
                     emission  having a concentration  of $03 or H^SO,, exceeding
                     0.08 grain per standard dry cubic  foot of exhaust gas
                     volume.  (Added by Resolution 635, dated November15, 1970.)

(2.0)    CHAPTER 2  - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

         3210   SAMPLING  FACILITIES.  The person responsible for  emission of
                air contaminants, from any emission point, for which emission
                limits are established in this regulation shall,  upon request
                of  the Control Officer, provide  in connection with such emission
                point and related source  operations such  sampling and testing
                facilities as  may be necessary for proper determination of the
                nature, extent, quantity  and degree of  air contaminants which
                are or may be  emitted as  a result of  such operation. Such
                facilities may be either  permanent or temporary and  shall be
                suitable  for determination consistent with the emission limits
                established in this regulation;  and shall comply  with all
                applicable laws and regulations  concerning safe construction or
                safe practice  in  connection  with such facilities.  (Amended by
                Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

                .1    Where ambient air or source tests  or any other  data  indicate
                     that emissions of air contaminants from any  emission point
                     may  be in potential  violation of limits established  in  this
                     regulation,  the Control Officer  may  require  the person
                     responsible  to monitor  continuously  that emission  point or


                                              -20-

-------
            the ambient air for the  specific  contaminants or conditions
            (e.g.,  opacity)  in potential  violation.  Such monitoring
            instruments nay be either  permanent  or temporary and shall
            be suitable for determinations  consistent with the emission
            limits  established in  this regulation; and  shall comply with
            all applicable laws and  regulations  concerning safe construction
            or safe practice in connection  with such instruments.  (Added
            by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

       .2   The equipment required by  Section 3210.7 shall be calibrated,
            maintained, serviced and repaired by the person responbible
            for the operation so that  it  will function  and adequately  sense,
            indicate and record the  phenomena it is designed to sense,
            indicate and record.  (Added  by Resolution  635, dated  November
            5, 1970.)

       .3   The records of the equipment  required by Section 3210.1 shall
            be kept for a period of  two years, and shall  be made available
            to the  Control Officer at  his request.   (Added by Resolution
            635, dated November 5, 1970.)

       .4   The person responsible for the  operation shall provide to  the
            Control Officer a summary  of  the  data obtained from the
            equipment required by  Section 3210.1 during each calendar  month.
            Such summary shall be  in such form as is prescribed by the
            Control Officer.  (Added by Resolution 635, dated November
            5, 1970.)

3211   REGISTRATION.  Except as excluded  by 1210 through  1222,
       Chapter 2, Division 1, each person responsible for emission of
       air contaminants, whether or  not limits are established by  this
       regulation for emission of  such contaminants, shall register with
       the control  officer:  (1) his business name,  (2) address,  (3) name
       of responsible managing officer, (4) a description of the business
       entity and (5) the nature of  the business. He shall thereafter
       provide, on  an annual basis on  registration forms  provided  by
       the control  officer, any information regarding such emission  as
       may be required.  Every person  regulated  by this regulation
       may be served with notices, including  notices of hearing before
       the Hearing  Board, by certified mail,  addressed  to the address
       contained in the registration on file  with the control officer.
       This section of the regulation  shall be in full  force and effect
       on September 1, 1960.  (Amended October 19, 1972.)

       .1   Source  Emission Data

            The person responsible for emission  of air  contaminants,  from
            any emission point, for  which emission limits are established
            in this or any other regulation of the district shall, upon
            request of the Air Pollution  Control Officer  provide  in
            connection with such emission point  and  related source
                                    -21-

-------
            operations source emission data certified by a  registered
            professional  engineer in the State of California.   Such
            data shall be in a form and manner prescribed by the Air
            Pollution Control Officer and shall  contain  sufficient
            information to disclose the nature and quantities  of air
            contaminants  being emitted from the emission point and
            related source operations.

3212   UPSET CONDITIONS,  BREAKDOWN OR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE.   Emissions
       exceeding any of the limits established in this regulation as a
       direct result of upset conditions in or breakdown of any air
       pollution control  equipment or related operating  equipment, or
       as a direct result of the shutdown of such equipment for scheduled
       maintenance, shall not be deemed to be in violation  of  the rules
       establishing such  limits, provided all  the requirements of this
       section 3212, to wit, 3212.1 through 3212.3, are  met.

       .1   Such occurrence shall have been reported to  the offices of
            the District  as soon as reasonably possible; for scheduled
            maintenance,  such report shall be submitted  at  least 24 hours
            prior to shutdown, and for upset conditions  or  breakdown, such
            report shall  in any case be made within four hours of the
            occurrence.

       .2   3212 shall not apply to scheduled maintenance of air pollution
            control equipment except in those cases where the  maximum
            reasonable effort, including off-shift labor where required,
            has been made to accomplish such maintenance during periods
            of non-operation of any related source operations.

       .3   The person responsible for such emission shall, with all
            practicable speed, initiate and complete appropriate
            reasonable action to correct the conditions  causing such
            emissions to  exceed said limits; to reduce the  frequency of
            occurrence of such conditions; to minimize the  amount by
            which said limits are exceeded; and to reduce the  length of
            time for which said limits are exceeded; and shall, upon
            request of the control officer, submit to the control
            officer a full report of such occurrence, including a
            statement of all known causes and of the scheduling and nature
            of the actions to be taken pursuant to this  section 3212.3.

3213   SEPARATION OF EMISSIONS.  If air contaminants from a single
       source operation are emitted through two or more  emission points,
       the total emitted quantity of any air contaminant, limited  in
       this Regulation 2, cannot exceed the quantity which  would
       be the allowable  emission through  a single emission  point;  and the
       total emitted  quantity of any  such air contaminant shall be taken
                                     -22-

-------
               as the product of the highest  concentration measured 1n any of
               the emission  points  and the exhaust  gas  volume through all"
               emission points,  unless the person responsible for the source
               operation establishes the  correct total  emitted quantity.

        3214   COMBINATION OF EMISSIONS.

               .1   If air contaminatns from  two or more source operations are
                    combined prior  to emission  and  there are adequate and reliable
                    means reasonably susceptible to confirmation and use  by the
                    control  officer for establishing  a  separation of the  components
                    of the combined emission  to Indicate the nature, extent,
                    quantity and degree of emission arising from each such source
                    operation, this Regulation  2 shall  apply to each such
                    source operation separately.

               .2   If air contaminants from  two cr more source operations are
                    combined prior  to emission  and  the  combined emissions cannot
                    be separated according to the requirements of 3214.1  this
                    Regulation 2 shall be applied to  the combined emission as if
                    it originated in a single source  operation subject to the most
                    stringent limitations and requirements placed by this
                    Regulation 2 on any of the  source operations whose air
                    contaminants are so combined.

(51.9)                                   DIVISION  4
                                 INCINERATION AND SALVAGE OPERATIONS

(2.0)   CHAPTER 1 - LIMITATIONS

        4110   SULFUR DIOXIDE.  No  person shall cause,  let, permit, suffer, or
               allow the emission from any incineration operation or salvage   •
               operation of  sulfur  dioxide in excess  of the limits provided in
               3121 and 3122, Chapter 1,  Division 3.

               .1   No person shall cause, let, permit, suffer, or allow, the
                    emission from .any incineration  operation or salvage operation
                    of hydrogen sulfide in excess of  the limitations provided in
                    11100 through 11102.8, Chapter  1, Division  11.  (Added by
                    Resolution 635, effective November  5,  1971.)

        4111   VISIBLE EMISSIONS

               .1   No person shall cause, let, permit, suffer or allow any
                    emission from any incineration  operation or salvage operation
                    which does not  comply with  the  visible emission limitations
                    in 3110, Chapter 1, Division 3.

               .2   No person shall  use, let,  permit,  suffer or allow the
                    emission from any incineration  operation or salvage operation
                                             -23-

-------
            of particles in sufficient number to cause annoyance to
            any other person, which particles are sufficiently large
            as to be visible as individual  particles  at the emission
            point or of such size and nature as to be visible
            individually as incandescent particles.   This section
            4111.2 shall only apply if such particles fall  on real
            property other than that of the person responsible for  the
            emission.

4112   PARTICULATE MATTER.  (Amended by Resolution No. 258, dated
       October 18, 1961)

       .1   No person shall cause, let, permit, suffer, or allow, any
            emission from any incineration  operation  or salvage operation,
            capable of burning not nore than 100 tons of waste or salvage
            material per day, of parti oil ate matter in excess of a
            concentration of 0.15 grain per standard  dry cubic foot of
            exhaust gas.  For the purposes  of this 4112.1,  the actual
            measured concentration of particulate matter in the exhaust
            gas shall be corrected to the concentration which the same
            quantity of particulate matter would constitute in the
            exhaust gas, minus water vapor, corrected to standard
            conditions, containing 6% oxygen by volume, and as if no
            auxiliary fuel had been used.  (Amended by Resolution- 258,
            dated October 18, 1961 and amended by Resolution 635, dated
            November 5, 1970.)

       .2   No person shall cause, let, permit, suffer, or allow, any
            emission from any incineration  operation  or salvage operation,
            capable of burning more than 100  tons of waste or salvage
            material per day, of particulate matter in excess of a
            concentration of 0.05 grain per standard  dry cubic foot of
            exhaust gas.  For the purposes  of this 4112.2,  the actual
            measured concentration of particulate matter in the exhaust
            gas shall be corrected to the concentration which the
            same quantity of particulate matter would constitute in the
            exhaust gas, minus water vapor, corrected to standard
            conditions, containing 6% oxygen by volume, and as if no
            auxiliary fuel had been used.  (Amended by Resolution 258,
            dated October 18, 1961 and amended by Resolution 635. dated
            November 5, 1970.)

       .3   Calculation of the corrected concentration from the actual
            measured concentration shall be as given  in Chapter 1,  Division
            8.  Tests for determining compliance with 4112.1 and 4112.2
            shall be for not less than 50 minutes in  60 consecutive minutes,
            or 90% of the time of actual  source operation,  whichever is less
            (Added by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)
                                      -24-

-------
         4113   HYDROCARBONS AND CARBONYLS.   No  person shall cause,  let, permit,
                suffer,  or allow the emission from any incineration  operation
                or salvage operation of an exhaust gas containing a
                concentration of more than 25 ppm (vol) of  total hydrocarbons, or
                a concentration of more than  25  ppm (vpl) of total carbonyls.
                For purposes of this 4113, the actual measured  concentrations of
                hydrocarbons and carbonyls in the exhaust gas shall  be  corrected
                to concentrations which the same quantities of  hydrocarbons  and
                carbonyls would constitute 1n the exhaust gas minus  water  vapor,
                corrected to standard conditions, containing 6% oxygen  by  volume,
                and as if no auxiliary fuel had  been used.  Calculation of this
                corrected concentration from  the actual measured concentration shall
                be as  given in Chapter 1, Division 8.  For  the  purposes of this 4113,
                total  hydrocarbons shall be the  sum of the  concentrations  in ppm  (vol)
                of the individual concentrations of G£ and  higher saturated  and
                unsaturated hydrocarbons, as  measured by gas chromatography  as
                described in Chapter 4, Division 9. Total  carbonyls shall Include
                aldehydes and ketones determined as described in Chapter 5,
                Division 9, and calculated as formaldehyde, each carbonyl  group
                being  deemed equivalent to one molecule of  formaldehyde.   Tests
                for determining compliance with  this 4113 shall be for  not less
                than 15  consecutive minutes or 90% of the time  of actual source
                operation, whichever is less.  (Amended by  Resolution 635, dated
                November 5, 1970.  Amended by Resolution 674, dated  July 22, 1971.)
(2.0)    CHAPTER 2 - REQUIREMENTS

         4210   F.very person responsible for an emission regulated by 4111.1
                shall have and maintain means whereby the operator of the
                equipment shall'be able at all times during the operation to know
                the appearance of the emission.

         4211   During periods in which tests are being made to determine the
                nature, extent, quantity, or degree of air contaminants which are
                or  may be emitted from an incineration operation or a salvage
                operation, such operation shall be carried on in accordance* with
                the requirements of Chapter 5, Division 8.

(2.0)    CHAPTER 3 - EXCEPTIONS

         4310   Deleted by Resolution 578, dated May 7, 1969.
                                             -25-

-------
(51.21)                              DIVISIONS
                              HEAT TRANSFER OPERATIONS

(2.0)   CHAPTER 1 -  LIMITATIONS

       5110   SULFUR DIOXIDE.   No person  shall  cause, let, permit, suffer, or
              allow the emission  from any heat  transfer operation of sulfur
              dioxide in excess of the limits provided in 3121 and 3122, Chapter
              1, Division 3.

              .1   No person  shall  cause, let,  permit, suffer, or allow, the
                   emission from  any heat transfer operation of hydrogen sulfide
                   1n excess  of the limitations provided in 11100 through  11102.8,
                   Chapter 1,  Division 11.   (Added by Resolution 635, dated
                   November 5, 1970.)

       5111   VISIBLE EMISSIONS.

              .1   No person  shall  cause, let,  permit, suffer, or allow any emission
                   from any heat  transfer operation which does not comply with the
                   visible emission limitations in 3110, Chapter 1, Division 3,
                   except as  provided in  5111.3.

              .2   No person  shall  cause, let,  permit, suffer, or al.low the
                   emission from  any heat transfer operation of particles  in
                   sufficient number to cause annoyance to any other person,
                   which particles  are sufficiently large as to be visible as
                   individual  particles at the  emission point or of such size and
                   nature as  to be  visible individually as incandescent particles.
                   This section 5111.2 shall only apply if such particles  fall on
                   real property  other than that of the person responsible for the
                   emission.

              .3   The limitations  of 5111.1 shall not apply to emissions  resulting
                   from soot-blowing on any oil fired heat transfer operation,
                   provided such  emissions are  not equal to or greater than
                   Ringelmann  No. 3 or an equivalent obscuration within the
                   meaning of 3110.1 and  3110.2; and provided further that the
                   aggregate  duration of  such emissions during any twenty-four
                   hour period does not exceed  6.0 minutes per billion Bill gross
                   heating value  of oil fuel burned during such twenty-four
                   hours; and  provided further  that such operation uses fuel at a
                   rate not less  than  40  million BTU per hour.

       5112   PARTICL'LATE MATTER.  No person shall cause, let, permit, suffer, or
              allow any emission  from a heat transfer operation of particulate
              matter in excess of 0.15 grain per standard dry cubic foot of exhaust
              gas.  For the purposes of this section 5112, the actual concentration
              measured shall  be corrected to a  concentration which the same
              quantity of particulate matter would constitute in the exhaust gas
                                           -26-

-------
              minus water vapor,  corrected  to standard conditions and containing
              6% oxygen by volume.   Calculation of this corrected concentration
              from the actual  measured concentration shall follow the procedure
              given 1n Chapter 1, Division  8.  Tests to determine compliance
              with this section 5112 shall  be for not less than 50 minutes  in
              any consecutive  60  minutes, or 90% of the time of actual source
              operation, whichever  1s less.  (Amended by  Resolution 635, dated
              November 5, 1970.)

(2.0)   CHAPTER 2 - REQUIREMENTS

       5210   Every person responsible for  an emission regulated by 5111.1  shall
              have and maintain means whereby the operator of  the equipment
              shall be able at all  times during the operation  to know the
              appearance of the emission.   This section shall  not apply to
              operations using fuel supplied to the burner piping in a gaseous
              state; nor to operations using gaseous fuel on an interruptible
              service contract from a public utility, during the burning of
              alternate fuel.

(51.21)                                DIVISION 6
                          GENERAL COMBUSTION AND GENERAL  OPERATIONS

(2.0)   CHAPTER 1 - LIMITATIONS

       6110   SULFUR DIOXIDE.   No person shall cause, let, permit, suffer,  or allow
              the emission from any general  combustion operation or general operation
              of sulfur dioxide in  excess of the limits provided in 3121 and 3122,
              Chapter 1, Division 3.

              .1   No person shall  cause, let, permit, suffer, or allow, the emission
                   from any general combustion operation  or general operation
                   of hydrogen sulfide in excess of the limitations provided in
                   11100 through  11102.8, Chapter  1, Division  11.   (Added by
                   Resolution 635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

       6111   VISIBLE EMISSIONS

              .1   No person shall  cause, let, permit, suffer, or allow any
                   emission from  any general combustion operaton or general
                   operation which  does not comply with the visible emission
                   limitations in 3110, Chapter  1, Division 3.

              .2   No person shall  cause, let, permit, suffer, or allow the emission
                   from any general combustion operation  of particles  in sufficient
                   number to cause  annoyance to  any other person, which particles
                   are sufficiently large as to  be visible as  Individual particles
                   at the emission  point or of such size  and  nature as to be visible
                   individually as  incandescent  particles.  This section 6111.2
                   shall only apply if such particles fall on  real  property other
                   than that of the person  responsible for the emission.
                                            -27-

-------
6112   PARTICULATE MATTER

       .1   No person shall cause, let, permit, suffer,  or allow the
            emission from any general  operations or general combustion
            operation of particulate matter from any emission point in  a
            concentration in excess of 0.15 grain per standard dry  cubic
            foot of exhaust gas volume.  (Amended by Resolution 635, dated
            November 5, 1970.)

       .2   No person shall cause, let, permit, suffer,  or allow the emission
            from any general operation or general  combustion operation  of
            particulate matter from any emission point at a rate in excess of
            that specified in Table 2 for the process weight rate allocated
            to such emission point.  (Amended by Resolution 635, November
            5, 1970.)
                                     -28-

-------
                             TABLE 2
              ALLOWABLE RATE OF EMISSION BASED ON
                        PROCESS WEIGHT RATE
Process Weight
Rate
Lb/Hr
100
200
400
600
800
1,000
1.500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
Tons/Hr
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
Rate of
Emission
Lb/Hr
0.551
0.877
1.40
1.83
2.22
2.58
3.38
4.10
4.76
5.38
5.96
6.52
7.58
8.56
9.49
10.4
11.2
12.0
Process Weight
Rate
Lb/Hr
16,000
18,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60.000
70,000
80,000
90,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
200,000
1,000,000
2,000,000
6,000,000
Tons/Hr
8.00
9.00
10.
15.
20.
25.
30.
35.
40.
45.
50.
60.
70.
80.
100.
. 500.
1,000.
3,000.
Rate of
Emission
Lb/Hr
16.5
17.9
19.2
25.2
30.5
35.4
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
12,000
6.00
13'. 6
Interpolation of the date in this Tabel  shall  be accomplished by use of
the equation:
                             E»4.10 P° 67
      where E= rate of emission in Ib/hr, not  to exceed 40 Ib/hr
        and P* process weight rate in tons/hr.

(Added by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

Sections of major importance with reference to this Tabel  are 2024, 2027,
3213, 3214, and 6112.2.
                                     -29-

-------
      .3    The limitations established by 6112.2 shall  not require the
            reduction of participate matter concentration,  based on the
            source gas volume, below the concentration specified 1n Table
            3 for such volume; provided that,  for the purposes  of this
            section 6112.3, the person responsible for the  emission may
            elect to substitute a volume determined according to the
            provisions of 6112.4; and provided further that the burden
            of showing the source gas volume or other volume substituted
            therefor, including all  of the factors which determine
            such volume and the methods of determining and  computing
            such volume, shall be on the person seeking to  come within
            the provisions of this section 6112.3.

      .4    Any volume of gases passing through and leaving an  air
            pollution abatement operation may  be substituted for the
            source gas volume of the source operation served by such air
            pollution abatement operation, for the purposes of  6112.3,
            provided such air pollution abatement operation emits no
            more than 40% of the weight of particulate matter entering
            thereto; and provided further that such substituted volume
            shall be corrected to standard conditions and to a  moisture
            content no greater than that of any gas stream  entering
            such air pollution abatement operation.

6113  Deleted by Resolution 578, dated May 7,  1969.

      .1    Deleted by Resolution 578, dated May 7, 1969.

      .2    Deleted by Resolution 578, dated May 7, 1969.
                                     -30-

-------
              TABLE 3
MINIMUM CONCENTRATION TO BE REQUIRED
                                                              a K
                                                              a>D
  Source Gas
Volume, SCFM
Concentration
  6R/SCF
                      Source Gas
                     Volume, SCFM
                                                                 Concentration
                                                                   GR/SCF
7,000
or less
8,000
9,000
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
120,000
0.100

0.096
0.092
0.089
0.071
0.062
0.057
0.053
0.050
0.045
0.042
0.040
140,000
160,000
180,000

200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
800,000
1,000,000
or more

0.038
0.036
0.035

0.034
0.030
0.027
0.025
0.024
0.021
0.020"


         aSections  of major importance  with  reference  to  this  table  are  2024,
         2030,  6112.3, and 6112.4.

          Interpolation of the data  in  this  table  shall be-.based  on  linear-
         interpolation between adjacent values.


(2.0)     CHAPTER 2  -  EXCEPTIONS

         6200  Emissions from the following  listed source operations shall be
               subject to this section  6200,  to  3211,  3213,  and 3214,  and  to all
               of Division 7, and to no other part of  this regulation, provided  that
               such emissions are minimized  by the best modern practices,  methods
               and  concepts which may,  from  time to time, be reasonably  applied.
               This section 6200 shall  not require such source operations  to meet
               limits more restrictive  than  the  limits which would otherwise apply
               to such operations under other provisions  of  this  regulation.

         6210  Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.

         6211  Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.
                                             r31-

-------
         6212  Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.

         6213  Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.

         6214  Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.

         6215  Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.

         6216  Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.

         6217  Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.

         6218  Blasting.

         6219  Repealed by Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.

         6220  Amended by Resolution 258,  dated October 18, 1961.   Repealed  by
               Resolution 578,  dated May 7, 1969.

(2.0)                                   DIVISION 7
                                    GENERAL PROVISIONS

(6.0)    CHAPTER 1 - TIME FOR COMPLIANCE

         7110  This regulation  shall be in full" force and effect January 1,  1961,
               except that 3211,  Chapter 2, Division 3, shall  be in full  force  and
               effect September 1,  1960.

         7111  A reasonable time  for compliance with this regulation shall be
               allowed by the control officer provided  that persons responsible
               for any emission not in compliance with  this regulation  submit
               reports to the control officer at his request  which  are  acceptable
               to him, and which  give the  expected time for compliance, the
               intended method  of compliance, and the progress towards  compliance.

         7112  Persons responsible  for emissions which  will not be  in compliance
               with this regulation on January 1,  1961, and for which emissions
               a reason able time for compliance beyond such  date is required,
               shall comply with  7111 October 1, 1960.

         7113  Time for compliance  shall include each of the  following:  time
               for engineering, time for procurement, time for fabrication,  and
               time for installation and adjustment. The control officer may
               require such periodic reports on each phase of progress  toward
               compliance as may  be necessary to show reasonable progress toward
               completion of such installations as are  required for final
               compliance shall be  deemed  an unreasonable delay in  compliance.

(2.0)    CHAPTER 2 - GENERAL

         7210  Nothing 1n this  regulation  authorizes or 1s intended to  authorize
               any practice or  combination of practices intended or designed to
               evade or circumvent  the basic requirements of  this regulation.
                                              -32-

-------
         7211  Nothing 1n  this  regulation 1s Intended to permit any practice
               which 1s a  violation of any statute, ordinance, rule or regulation.

         7212  This  regulation  1s  not Intended to apply to the quality require-
               ments for the workroom atmosphere necessary to protect an employee's
               health from contaminants emitted by his employer; nor 1s it concerned
               with  the occupational health factors in an employer-employee relation-
               ship.

         7213  Wherever in this regulation a section makes a requirement of emissions,
               and other provisions of this regulation are less restrictive as to
               emissions under  certain conditions or operations, violation of the
               most  restrictive requirement shall be a violation of this regulation
               unless the  person responsible for the emission shall establish that
               a less restrictive  part of this regulation applies in the specific
               case.

         7214  When  the person  who is the owner of a source operation is not the
               same  as the person  who is the owner of the emission point discharging
               air contaminants which originate in such source operation, the person
               who is the  owner of the emission point shall be responsible for
               complying with this regulation.  For the purposes of this section
               7214, "owner" shall include owner, lessee, tenant, licensee, manager
               or operator, or  any of such.

         7215  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision, clause, sentence, paragraph,
               section or  part  of  this regulation or application thereof to any
               person or circumstance shall for any reason be adjudged by a court
               of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional or invalid, such
               judgment shall not  affect or Invalidate the remainder of this
               regulation  and the  application of such provision to other persons
               or circumstances, but shall be confined 1n Its operation to the
               provision,  clause,  sentence, paragraph, section or part thereof
               directly involved 1n the controversy in which such judgment shall
               have  been rendered  and to the person or circumstance involved, and
               1t is hereby declared  to be the intent of the Board of Directors
               that  this regulation would have been adopted in any case had such
               Invalid provision or provisions not be included.

(9.0)                                      DIVISION 8
                        CALCULATION METHODS AND GENERAL SAMPLING PROCEDURES

(9.0)     CHAPTER 1 - CALCULATIONS

         8100  Calculation of emissions of air contaminants shall be accomplished
               by the calculation  methods prescribed 1n this Chapter 1, or by
               methods which yield equivalent results.  All calculation methods
               not specifically prescribed in this regulation shall conform to
               accepted engineering practice.
                                              -33-

-------
8110  Correction for the use of auxiliary fuel  shall  be as  specified in
      8111, and correction to a basis of 6% oxygen by dry volume shall be
      as specified in 8112.  For the purposes of 8111 and 8112 the term
    ,  "measured volume" shall mean the emitted or metered volume to be
      corrected, expressed in standard cubic feet.

8111  AUXILIARY FUEL CORRECTION.  This calculation is intended to correct
      the measured volume to the volume which would have existed if the
      auxiliary fuel had not been introduced, and results obtained by this
      procedure shall be deemed to represent such correction.   The method
      consists of four steps:

      (a)   Calculate the amount of oxygen required for stoichiometric
            combustion of the auxiliary fuel, at the rate of combustion
            occurring during the period of test.

      (b)   Calculate the composition and quantity of the products of such
            stoichiometric combustion in oxygen.

      (c)   Add, to the measured volume, the amount of oxygen  calculated
            in step (a)

      (d)   Subtract, from the result of step (c), the volume  of
            combustion products calculated in step (b); the result is the
            measured volume corrected for auxiliary fuel use.

      EXAMPLE:  Assume that the gases emitted for an operation using
      auxiliary fuel total 400,000 standard cubic feet during  a test
      period, and have a composition as shown in the "measured" column
      of the tabulation below.  Assume further that auxiliary  fuel usage
      during the test is 6,000 standard cubic feet of methane,
      (a)   Stoichiometric Combustion of Auxiliary Fuel
                  6,000         12,000          6,000         12,000
                  CH4    +      202   - •>     C02   -r     2H20

                   12,000 standard cubic feet of oxygen  required.

      (b)   18,000 standard cubic feet of combustion product;
             6,000 standard cubic feet C02,  12,000 standard cubic  feet

      (c)   400,000 +  12,000 * 412,000

      (d)   412,000 4-  18,000 =  394,000 standard cubic feet
                                    -34-

-------
                       TABULATION OF VOLUME  CHANGE   (SCF)
Component
C02
CO
02
N2
H26
Total
Measured
40,000
8,000
21,600
281,200
49,200
400,000
Correction
— 6,000

-t- 12,000

— 12,000
— 6,000
Final
34,000
8,000
33,600
281,200
37,200
394,000
8112  OXYGEN CORRECTION  This calculation 1s  intended to  correct the
      measured concentration of an air contaminant to that which would
      exist if the same quantity of air contaminant were  contained in
      a dry volume corrected to an oxygen content of 6%;  and results
      obtained by this procedure shall be deemed to represent such
      correction.  Where correction for the use of auxiliary fuel is
      applicable, the volume and composition  resulting from the correction
      procedure of 8111 shall be taken as the measured volume for purposes
      of this section 8112.   The method consists of six steps:

      (a)   Subtract any water vapor content  of the measured volume, to
            give a dry volume.

      (b)   Calculate the oxygen content of the measured  volume as a
            decimal fraction of the dry volume obtained in step (a).

      (c)   From the figure  0.2095 (average atmospheric oxygen content)
            subtract the decimal fraction of  oxygen as obtained in step (b)

      (d)   Divide the result of step (c) by  0.1495.  (This is 0.2095
            0.06.)

      (e)   Multiply the dry volume obtained  in step (a)  by the quotient
            obtained in step (d) to give the  corrected dry volume on a
            6% oxygen basis.

      (f)   Divide the weight of air contaminant, in grains, by the
            corrected volume obtained in step (e) to give the corrected
            concentration.

      Example:
      Assume an emitted gas  composition as follows:
                                      -35-

-------
Component
CO
CO2
°2

H20
Total
% (Vol., wet)
8.64
2.03
8.53
71.36
9.44
100.00
% (Vol., dry)
9.53
2.24
9.42
78.81
0.00
100.00
, SCF
34,000
8,000
33,600
281,200
37,200
394,000
               Also assume the weight of air contaminant  1s  7.9  pounds.

               (a)   394,000  -   37,200  =• 356,800 SCF, dry volume


               ^  SSelSOO  ~    0.0942, volume fraction of oxygen

               (c)   0.2095  —    0.0942^=. 0.1153

               (d)   0.1153  _    0 782
                              -    °'78Z
               (e)    (0.782)  (356,000)  = 275,800 SDCF,  at 6% oxygen,  the corrected
                                          volume.

               (f)    (7.9 Ib) (7000 gr/lb)  —    0.20 gr/SDCF,  the corrected
                     275,800  SDCF                 concentration.

               Where a concentration subject ot this  correction  is  based on  a
               measured volume,  the correction shall  consist of  multiplying  the
               concentration  by  the ratio of the measured volume to the corrected
               volume obtained in step  (e) above.

(9.0)    CHAPTER 2  - STANDARD GAS SAMPLING PROCEDURES FOR VENTS  AND STACKS

         8200  The  following  stack sampling procedures shall be  adhered to in the
               determination  of  gaseous emissions. The  controlling factor in all
               source test procedures shall be that every reasonable effort  will
               be made to obtain and deliver for analysis samples which are  truly
               respresentative of the emissions of the gases being  determined.
               No other procedure may be used unless  such other  procedure results
               in equivalent  determinations of the gaseous emissions being sampled.

         8210  Proper adjustments shall be made in the sampling  procedure to
               compensate for significant stratification and non-homogeneity in
               the  gas stream, so that  the sample of  the gas stream approaches a
               representative sample.
                                             -36-

-------
8211  All sampling lines shall  be free of significant  leakage, and
      between the sample gas Inlet and the sample  collection device they
      shall be as short as is compatible with  the  sampling  situation,
      and composed of materials not significantly  affecting or affected
      by the constituents of the sample stream.  The sampling lines shall
      be purged thoroughly with the gas to be  sampled  prior to the taking
      of the sample.

8212  Where liquid filled impingers are used for the sampler, any filter
      proceeding the implngers shall be maintained at  standard particulate
      sampling temperatures, as specified in 8312.

8213  Where an evacuated flask is used for sample  collection, any filter
      preceding the sampler may be maintained  at ambient temperature.

8214  Evacuated flasks used for sampling shall be  handled in such a
      manner that significant leaks can be detected, and in the  event  of
      such a leak, the flask shall not be used.

8215  All equipment used for sampling shall be adequately cleaned prior
      to use.

8216  Adequate precautions will be taken to avoid  loss and contamination
      of the sample.

8217  Where liquid-filled impingers are used for sampling,  at  least  two
      impingers will be connected in series and will contain solution
      and will be partially immersed in an ice bath.

      A third impinger in series will follow and shall contain  no solution.

8218  All sampling lines shall be checked for  the  presence of  condensates.
      If condensation has occurred adjustments in  procedure shall be made
      either to prevent its occurrence or to compensate for the  condensed
      material in the sample.

8219  Where impingers or other continuous flow sampling devices  are  used
      a gas measuring device placed in series  with and downstream of the
      samplers shall be used to determine the  volume  of gas sampled.
      Pressure and temperature indicators shall  be installed at  appropriate
      points to indicate sample gas conditions.

8220  Sufficient test data and notes shall be  recorded at the  time  of  the
      test by the personnel conducting the sampling to permit  the
      determination of emissions of pollutant  gases and to permit
      evaluation of results at a later date.

8221  Where samples are held more than 24 hours before analysis  evidence
      must be presented to show that any deterioration of the  collected
      samples prior to analysis would not be significant.
                                     -37-

-------
         8222  Any procedure or condition  prescribed  by  any  other  part of  this
               regulation shall  be adhered to  in  any  applicable  sampling test.

(9.0)     CHAPTER 3 -  PARTICULATE MATTER SAMPLING  PROCEDURES  FOR  VENTS AND  STACKS

         8300  The following sampling procedures  shall be  adhered  to in the
               determination of particulate matter emissions.  The controlling
               factor in all  source test procedures shall  be that  every reasonable
               effort shall  be made to obtain  samples which  are  truly representative
               of the emissions of the particulate natter  being  determined.

         8310  Proper adjustments shall be made in the sampling  procedure  to
               compensate for significant  stratification and non-homogeneity of
               particulate matter in the emission, so that a reasonably
               representative sample is obtained.   Probe size and  sampling rate
               shall  be such as to give a  reasonably  representative sample.

         8311  All  tests of  source operations  shall employ sample  collection
               devices which are capable of reducing  the concentration of  particulate
               matter in the gases leaving such devices  to not more than 10% of
               the concentration of particulate matter in  the gases entering such
               devices; provided that this section 8311  shall not  require  such
               collection devices to reduce the concentration in the effluent
               gases  to a concentration below  0.0005  grains  per  standard dry cubic
               foot.

         8312  Insofar as circumstances reasonably permit  the devices required by
               8311 shall be positioned directly  in the  gas  stream being sampled.
               Where  they are not so positioned they  shall be maintained at a
               temperature not differing by more  than 30°F from  the emission
               temperatures;  provided that this section  8312 shall  not require the
               temperature of such devices to  exceed  470°F.

         8313  Accepted engineering practice shall be followed in  any test
               procedure employed for the  determination  of gas flow rate,  gas
               composition,  moisture content,  gas  density, process weight  rate,
               or flow rate  or composition of  auxiliary  fuel.

         8314  Adequate precautions shall  be taken to avoid  loss or contamination
               of the sample, and shall include suitable cleaning  of the sampling
               equipment prior to and after use.

         8315  All  sampling  lines shall be free of significant leakage, and between
               the sample gas inlet and the sample collection device they  shall
               be as  short as is compatible with  the  sampling situation, and
               composed of materials not significantly affecting or affected by
               the constituents of the sample  stream.

         8316  Prior  to weighing of the sample, the sample shall be reduced to
               dryness by methods and under conditions which do  not permit
               significant change in the weight of particulate matter.
                                             -38-

-------
         8317  Where  the  requirements of 8316 permit such procedure the sample shall
               be dried at a  temperature not less than 218°F. nor more than 224QF. for
               a period of one to  two hours after superficial dryness is reached.
               Samples  dried  in such a manner shall be conclusively deemed to be
               free of  uncombined  water.

         8318  Sufficient test data and notes shall be recorded at the time of the
               test by  the personnel conducting  the sampling to permit the
               determination  of emissions  and to permit  evaluation of results at
               a later  date.

         8319  Any procedure  or condition  prescribed by  any other part of this
               regulation shall be adhered to in any applicable sampling test.

(9.0)     CHAPTER 4 -  AREA-MONITORING OF SULFUR DIOXIDE GASES

         8410  SCOPE.  This procedure outlines the techniques to be used for
               atmospheric sampling for sulfur dioxide concentrations in order to
               fulfil requirements of 3121 and 3123.

         8411  OUTLINE  OF PROCEDURE.  Sulfur dioxide concentrations in the atmosphere
               at ground-level shall be determined by continuously operated recording
               Instruments so located with respect to each major source that  the
               gas in that locality will be properly measured.  In no case shall
               fewer  than three instruments be used.

         8412  INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION.   The recording  instruments shall be  of
               a type which will continuously detect and record minute-by-minute
               fluctuations of concentrations of sulfur  dioxide in the range  from
               0.1 ppm  (vol)  to 1.5 ppm  (vol).

         8413  CALIBRATION.  All instruments shall be calibrated in their field
               locations  against either standard solutions  (or conductivity
               standards) or  separate ambient air samples taken 1n periods of
               sufficient duration to give results which the  recording apparatus
               1s expected to register during the respective  period.  These samples
               are to be  analyzed immediately in accordance with the  provisions
               of Chapter 2,  Division 9.   Alternate methods of at  least equal
               accuracy may be substituted.  Calibration must be at such  intervals
               as to  assure valid records.

(9.0)     CHAPTER 5 -  SPECIFICATIONS  FOR TESTING  OF  INCINERATION OPERATIONS AND  '
         SALVAGE" OPERATIONS  •"""""

         8510  Any incinerator to be  tested  shall have been  registered.

         8511  The incinerator will  be  tested  under  a  range  of operations  that
               includes a detectable  degree  of  smoke-back through  the charging
               doors, except  that where either  the maximum control and  feet
               settings or the maximum  physically possible charging  rate  of  the
               registered types of materials  do  not  result in such smoke-back,
               the range  of operations  shall  include  a  charging  rate  which  is the
               maximum  permitted by  such  control and physical  limitations.


                                             -39-

-------
         8512  Material  charged during the test period will,  insofar as  reasonably
               possible, be representative of material  normally  charged  to  the
               incinerator.

         8513  Full-time operation is  operation using  an operator whose  sole duty
               with minor exceptions is the operation  of the  incinerator for a
               minimum of 30 hours per week.

         8514  Part-time operation is  any operation  other  than full-time operation.

         8515  Tests on any incinerator that is operated on a part-time  basis shall
               be accomplished without a preheat period.

         8516  Any incinerator to be tested shall  be sampled  during  burn-down as
               well as during the stabilized and light-up  or  preheat periods
               whichever apply.

(9.0)    CHAPTER 6 - PROCEDURE FOR MAKING OBSERVATIONS TO  DETERMINE  COMPLIANCE
(6.0)    WITH 3110

         8600  The provisions of this  Chapter shall  govern observations  of  emissions
               to determine compliance with 3110.  These provisions  shall be applied
               to each observation to  the extent they  are  applicable, and to what-
               ever extent time and physical  circumstances reasonably permit.

         8610  Observations shall be made from any position such that the line  of
               observation is at approximately a right angle  to  the  line of travel
               of the emitted material.

         8611  The plume shall be observed against a suitable background.

         8612  Observations during daylight hours  should be made with the observer
               facing generally away from the sun.

         8613  Observations during hours of darkness should be made  with the aid
               of a light source.

         8614  Readings  shall be noted at approximately 15 second intervals during
               observation, except that intervals  up to 1  minute shall be permitted
               where the appearance of the emission  does not  vary during such inter-
               val.

         8615  The general color of the emission during the period of observation
               shall be noted as a part of the record  of observation.

(9.0)    CHAPTER 7 - DETERMINATION OF  THE CONCENTRATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER FOR
         THE PURPOSES OF 3113

         8710  Concentration of particulate matter shall be calculated as the
               average of at least two tests.
                                             -40-

-------
         8711  Each such  test shall be  for a minimum of 30 minutss at a sampling
               rate of not more  than  3,0  standard cubic feet per minute.

         8712  Except as  limited by minimum time and allowable rate in 8711 the
               minimum volume sampled during each test shall be "Vm" standard
               cubic feet where

                       Vm •= 20 L°-8

               where "L"  is the  significant dimensions of the emission point in
               feet.

         8713  During the entire period of each test the appearance of the emission
               shall be observed by the control officer to determine its shade or
               opacity in the sense of  3110.

         8714  Where uncombined  water is  a significant factor in the appearance
               of the emission the tests  and observations required by 3113.4 shall
               be performed at a time when the relative humidity of the ambient
               atmosphere is less then  50%.

         8715  Tests required by this Chapter shall meet the requirements of
               Chapter 3, Divison 8.

(9.0)    CHAPTER 8 - AREA MONITORING  OF HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS

         8810  SCOPE.  This procedure outlines the  techniques to be used for
               atmospheric sampling for HgS concentrations in order to fulfill
               requirements of 11101.  (Added by Resolution 635, dated November
               5, 1970.)

         8811  OUTLINE OF PROCEDURE.  H2S concentrations in the atmosphere at
               ground-level shall be  determined by  continuously operated recording
               instruments so located with respect  to  each major source that the
               gas in that locality will  be properly measured.  In no case shall
               fewer than three  instuments be used.   (Added by Resolution 635,
               dated November 5, 1970.)

         8812  INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION.  The recording  instruments shall be of  a
               type which will continuously detect  and record minute-by-minute
               fluctuations of concentrations of H2$  in  the range from 0.02 ppm
               (vol) to 0.10 ppm (vol).  (Added by  Resolution 635, dated November
               5, 1970.)

         8813  CALIBRATION.  All instruments  shall  be  calibrated in their field
               locations  against either standard gases containing known concentra-
               tions of H£S or separate ambient air samples taken in  periods of
               sufficient duration to give results  which the  recording apparatus
               is expected to register  during  the  respective  period.  These samples
               are to be  analyzed immediately  in accordance with the .provisions
                                             -41-

-------
               of Chapter 7,  Division  9.  Alternate methods of at least equal
               accuracy may be  substituted.  Calibrations must be at such intervals
               as to assure valid  records.   (Added by Resolution 635, dated
               November 5, 1970.)

(9.0)                                   DIVISION 9
                                  ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

(9.0)    CHAPTER 1 - DETERMINATION OF  TOTAL  SULFUR OXIDES IN SAMPLES TAKEN FROM.
         GAS STREAMS'

         9110  SCOPE.   This method describes a procedure for the determination of
               the total  sulfur oxides in exhaust gases.

         9111  INTERFERENCES.   Acidic  and alkaline materials interfere if present
               in waste gases and  corrections may be made for them by the use of
               specific analytic techniques.  Any sulfuric acid collected in the
               impinger shall be included as sulfur oxides.

         9112  OUTLINE  OF METHOD.  The sulfur oxides are absorbed from the gas
               stream in a solution of hydrogen peroxide.  The acid formed in
               titrated with  standard  alkali.

         9113  APPARATUS.  Sampling train consists of 3 Greenburg-Smith impingers
               or other adequate absorbing devices, each containing 100 ml of 3
               per cent fy^Z'   The impingers are connected in series, followed by
               a dry meter and  a source of suction.  During sampling the impingers
               are immersed in  an  ice  bath.

         9114  REAGENTS.   Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all
               reagents conform to the specifications established by the Committee
               on Analytical  Reagents  of the American Chemical Society where such
               specifications are  available; otherwise, use best available grade.

               .1    BROMCRESOL GREEN  INDICATOR SOLUTION  Bromcresol green indicator
                     solution,  0.04 per cent.Mix 0.1 g of dry powder in a mortar
                     with 14.3  ml  of 0.01 N  sodium hyroxide solution.  Dilute to
                     250 ml with distilled water.

               .2    HYDROGEN PEROXIDE SOLUTION (SULFATE FREE).  Hydrogen peroxide
                     solution,  3 per cent.   Prepare by diluting 30 per cent hydrogen
                     peroxide with distilled water.  Store in a dark colored
                     glass-stoppered bottle.

               .3    SODIUM HYDROXIDE  SOLUTION.  Sodium hydroxide solution, approx-
                     imately  0.2 N.For each liter of solution dissolve 8/9 g of
                     sodium hydroxide-pellets (NaOH) in 150 ml to 200 ml of distilled
                     water and  dilute  to volume.  Determine normality to within
                     0.001 N  by standardization against potassium acid phthalate
                     using bromcresol  green  indicator.
                                              -42-

-------
         9115  SAMPLING.   Add  to  each  of  three Impingers 100 ml of 3 per cent
               hydrogen peroxide  solution.  Connect them with tubing inert to
               constituents  of the  sample stream in such a manner that the gas
               will  be pulled  from  the sampling device at the stack through the
               impingers,  then through the meter.  Immerse the impingers in an
               ice bath.   Sample  at 0.5 cfm.  The sampling time will depend on the
               concentration of sulfur oxides in the gas stream.

         9116  ANALYTICAL  PROCEDURE.   Rinse each of the absorbers and their
               connecting  tubing  into  a 500-ml Erlenmeyer flask, using approximately
               100 ml  of rinse water.   Bring to a boil and titrate with standard
               sodium  hydroxide solution, using 4 ml of bromcresol green indicator
               solution.   Titrate to the  blue-color end point.

         9117  CALCULATION.  Calculate the amount of sulfur oxides in the sample
               gas by  the  following equation:

               Sulfur  oxides,  % by  volume as SOe  •= 0.0417  (ANj)


               Where:
                    A^ volume,  mi Til liters, of standard alkali used in the titration.
                    NJC:  normality of the standard alkali solution.
                    V= volume of  gas sample, cubic feet, at 60° F and 1 atm.

         9118  PRECISION.  Duplicate results by the same operator on a given sample
               should  not  differ  by more  than 2 percent of the mean.

         9119  ALTERNATIVES.  Other analytical techniques may be used for the
               determination of total  sulfur oxides, provided that such techniques
               have been standardized  against the prescribed technique.

(9.0)     CHAPTER 2 - CHEMICAL  PROCEDURE FOR ATMOSPHERIC DETERMINATIONS OF SULFUR
         DIOXIDE:

         9210  SCOPE.   This  method  describes the procedure for the determination
               of Sl>2  concentrations in the atmosphere to be used for the field
               calibration of  recording sulfur dioxide instruments.

         9211  REAGENTS.
               .1    SODIUM TETRACHLOROMERCURATE   0.1  M.  Mercuric  chloride  (0.1
                     mole,  27.2 gm)  and 0.2  mole  (11.7 gm)  of sodium chloride
                     are dissolved and  diluted  to one  liter.

               .2    HYDROCHLORIC ACID-BLEACHED P-ROSANILINE.   Dissolve  0.150  grams
                     of p-rosanil1ne hydrochloride in  1 liter of 10  percent (v/v)
                     hydrochloric acid.   Let stand to  stabilize for  a few hours,
                     preferably overnight, before use.  This  solution should be
                     a pale yellow with a greenish tint.

               .3    FORMALDEHYDE. 0.2%
                                             -43-

-------
         9212  ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE.   Collect  the  sulfur dioxide from 30-40
               liters of air in 10.0 ± 0.1 ml  of sodium tetrachloromercurate in
               a fritted glass  bubbler, at a sampling rate not exceeding 5 liters
               per minute.   To  the  IO.O^TO.1  ml sample add 1 ml of acidic
               p-rosaniline and 1.0 ml  of the  formaldehyde solution.  Treat a 10.0
               0.1 ml portion of unexposed sodium  tetradoromercurate in the same
               manner.   Allow to stand 20 minutes  for full color development.
               Read in  a spectrophotometer at  560  mu (1 cm path length).  Read
               the micrograms of sulfur dioxide from a standard curve prepared by
               using dilutions  of standard sodium  metabisulfite in sodium
               tetrachloromercurate.

         9213  STANDARDIZATION.  Weigh  400 mg  sodium metabisulfite (assay 65.5%
               as S02)  and dissolve in one liter of water.

               400 mg x 0.655/1 - .26  mg/ml as S02

               Standardize against  0.01 N I?.  Dilute the standard $03 solution
               1-frlO.   This yields a  solution containing 26 micrograms of S02 per
               ml.  Add graduated amounts of the dilute standard up to 1 ml to a
               series of 10 ml  flasks  and dilute to the mark with the sodium
               tetrachloromercurate solution.  Add 1 ml p-rosaniline dye and 1 ml
               formaldehyde solution and allow to  stand for 20 minutes for full
               color development.   Plot the percent transmittance on semi-log
               paper vs. the micrograms of S02 per aliquot.

         9214  CALCULATIONS.

               Total micrograms of  SO?  in.sample   ..- ppm (vol) of SQ2 1n tne air
               2.6 x vol.  of air sample (in liters)    sample.

         9215  ALTERNATIVES. Other analytical techniques may be used for atmospheric
               determinations of sulfur dioxide, provided that such techniques yield
               results  equivalent to those obtained by the techniques prescribed in
               this Chapter 2,  Divison  9.

         9216  REFERENCE.   West, P. W.  and G.  C. Gaeke. "Fixation of Sulfur
               Dioxide  as  Disulfitomercurate (II)  and Subsequent Colorimetric
               Estimation," Anal. Chem, 28, 1816-19 (Dec., 1956).

(9.0)     CHAPTER 3 - DETERMINATION  OF  SULFUR TRIOXIDE IN SAMPLES TAKEN FROM GAS
         STREAMS

         9310  SCOPE.  This method  describes a procedure for the determination of
               503 and  H2SOA in exhaust gases. The lower limit of the method is
               about 1  ppm (vol) of $03 for a  20 cubic foot sample.

         9311  INTERFERENCES.  Particulate sulfates interfere, and should be
               removed  by a glass wool  filter  maintained at stack temperature.
               If a significant quantity of sulfuric acid mist is removed by the
               filter,  it shall be  included in the final calculation.  Ammonia,
               sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides  do not interfere.
                                              -44-

-------
9312  OUTLINE OF METHOD.   $03 is  absorbed in  80  per cent isopro-
      panol.  The sulfate formed  is  titrated  with  Bad2 using Thorin
      indicator.

9313  APPARATUS.  Sampling train  shall  consist of  three Greenburg-Smith
      impingers, or other adequate absorbing  devices, connected in series
      with tygon or similar tubing,  each containing 100 ml 80 per cent
      isopropanol.  These shall be followed by a mill1pore filter, an
      empty impinger, a dry meter, and  a source  of suction.  During
      sampling, the impingers shall  be  partially immersed in an ice bath.

9314  REAGENTS.  Unless otherwise indicated,  it  is intended that all
      reagents conform to the specifications  established by the Committee
      on Analytical Reagents of the  American  Chemical Society where such
      specifications are available;  otherwise, use best available grade.

      .1    HYDROGEN PEROXIDE SOLUTION  (SULFATE  FREE).  Hydrogen peroxide
            solution, 3 per cent. Prepare by diluting 30 per cent hydrogen
            peroxide with distilled  water. Store  in a dark-colored glass-
            stoppered bottle.

      .2    ISOPROPANOL.   80 per  cent by volume.  Add 400 ml of the alcohol
            to 100 ml water.  Mix well.

      .3    BARIUM CHLORIDE - (0.1000N) - Dissolve 6.100  grams of
            Bad2 2H?0 in 250 ml  water.  Add  250 ml  isopropanol and mix
            well.  Adjust the pH  of  the solution to  3.0  using  1-4
            perchloric acid.  Use a  pH  meter  to  measure pH.

      .4    PERCHLORIC ACID  1 to 4. Add with caution 75 ml water to 25
            ml 70 percent perchloric acid. Mix  well.

      .5    THORIN INDICATOR ( 0- (2-hydroxy-3,6 disulfo-1  naphthylazo}
            benzenearsonic acid disodium salt ).  0.2 grams  in  100 ml  water.

9315  SAMPLING.  Connect the sampling train to a probe and  sample  at
      approximately 0.5 cfm.  The sampling time  will  depend on  the
      concentration of $03 in the gas,  but shall not be  less  than  15  minutes.

9316  ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE.  The  analytical procedure  should commence
      within 3 hours of the sample collection to minimize oxidation  of
      S02.  If a delay is anticipated,  remove excess  S02  by bubbling  air
      through the train at 0.1 cfm for  5 minutes.  The contents  of the
      impingers are rinsed into a 500 ml volumetric  flask with  80  percent
      isopropanol and diluted to  500 ml with  the alcohol. Mix  and  transfer
      25 ml to a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask.  Adjust  the pH  to 3.0  with  1 to
      4 perchloric acid using a pH meter.  Add 2 drops of Thorin  indicator
      and titrate with the BaCl2  solution to  a salmon-pink  end point.
      Any sulfuric acid collected on the millipore filter shall  be
      included in the results.
                                    -45-

-------
         9317  CALCULATION.   The sulfate equivalence  of the  BaCl2  solution  is
               checked by titrating against aliquots  of standard 0.1000  N sulfuric
               acid in 80% isopropanol.   One ml  of 0.1000  N  BaCl2  is  equivalent
               to 4.8 mg sulfate-ion.
               Milligrams SO.—ml  BaCU x  4.8                     9n   m_
               .Grains of lOOl H2SOd per  standard dry  cubic foot =. *" *  mg
                               c  *                                  64.8V

               Where V =.  volume of gas sampled, expressed  in standard  dry cubic feet.

(9.0)    CHAPTER 4 - SPECIFICATIONS FOR  THE GAS  CHROMAT06RAPH TO BE USED FOR
         DlTERMINING HYDROCARBON CONCENTRATIONS  IN 4113 CHAPTER 1. DIVISION 4

         9410  The gas chromatograph used for the determination of hydrocarbons
               in connection with this regulation shall  consist of an appropriate
               detection cell and column, contained in  a suitable  thermostatically
               controlled heated container, carrier gas and  recorder: additional
               columns of appropriate lengths and compositions shall  be  used as
               necessary in  each instance to determine  whether the total concen-
               tration of saturated and  unsaturated C2  to  CQ hydrocarbons  exceeds
               the concentration allowable  under 4113,  Chapter 1,  Division  4.

         9411  The determination of hydrocarbons by gas chromatography shall be
               based upon the following  factors:

               .1    A mixture of gases  is  separated  into  its individual components
                     as the  mixture flows through a column containing an i'nert
                     supporting material which has been wetted with an appropriate
                     high boiling liquid.

               .2    The separation is enhanced  by a  stream  of carrier gas  which
                     moves the mixture along the column.

               .3    The separated components are detected by a suitable detector
                     placed  at the end of the column.

               .4    The signal generated by the detector  as the individual compo-
                     nent arrives at the detector is  amplified and recorded on a
                     suitable recorder.

               .5    The resulting chromatogram  presents a continuous plot  of
                     detector signal vs. time.  Peak  readings represent  the signal
                     generated by the arrival at the  detector at a specific time
                     of a parcel of separated component of a mixture  of  hydrocarbons.

         9412  The instrument shall be capable of accepting  gas samples  directly
               by injection  or after concentration in a suitable cryogenic  bath.
               The determination of Cg to CQ hydrocarbons  present  in  a sample shall
               be based upon the actual  separation of the  individual  components
               of a mixture  on the analytical column  of gas  chromatograph with
               subsequent detection by the  detector cell of  the instrument.
                                             -46-

-------
                     The  detector cell shall be of such nature as to give a minimum
                     response of 0.01 rav on a 1 millivolt recorder (10 inch scale),
                     with 5 micrograms of  individual hydrocarbons component.  The
                     noise level of  the instrument shall be less than 0.005 milli-
                     volts (signal to noise ration of 2).

         9413  The  choice of columns, packing, length of columns, temperature of
               columns, flow rate of carrier gas, type of detector and type of
               recorder shall be such as to enable the separation and detection of
               a  mixture  of C2  to 65 hydrocarbons containing 50 ppm (vol) of such
               a  gas  mixture, either by direct injection of an aliquot, or after
               suitable cryogenic concentration from an adequate volume of sample.
               Suitable precautions  shall  be taken to eliminate the interference
               of water during  the analysis.

         9414  An instrument using any other components for the gas chromatographic
               determination of C? to C$ hydrocarbons, but otherwise meeting these
               specifications shall  be acceptable provided that suitable evidence
               is presented that such an instrument is equally practicable for the
               analysis of C2 to C$  hydrocarbons.

         9415  ALTERNATIVES.  Other  analytical techniques may be used for hydro-
               carbon analysis, provided that such techniques have been standardized
               against the prescribed gas  chromatographic technique for hydrocarbon
               determination.

(9.0)     CHAPTER  5  -  DETERMINATION OF TOTAL CARBONYLS.

         9500  This procedure shall  be used to determine the concentration of total
               carbonyls  for the purpose of 4113.  Any procedure which provides
               for  such determination with accuracy equal to or greater than the
               prescribed procedure  shall  be acceptable; provided that the burden
               of demonstrating such accuracy shall rest upon the person proposing
               the  procedure.   (Amended by Resolution  578, dated May 7, 1969).

         9510  METHOD SUMMARY.  The  samples are  reacted with a solution of sodium
               bisulfite  to form addition  compounds.   The excess bisulfite-ion is
               destroyed  with iodine solution.   By adjusting the pH of the solution,
               the  addition compounds are  decomposed freeing bisulfite-ipn
               equivalent to the aldehydes present in  the sample.  The liberated
               bisulfite-ion is then titrated with standard iodine.

         9511  SPECIAL COLLECTION APPARATUS FOR  SOURCE TESTING.  Two Greenburg-Smith
               impingers, each  containing  100 ml of 1% sodium bisulfite solution,
               are  connected in series with tygon tubing.  These shall be followed
               by and coupled to an  empty  impinger (for meter protection), a dry
               meter and  a source of suction.  During  sampling the impingers shall
               be partially immersed in the ice  bath.   (Amended by Resolution 578,
               dated May  7, 1969)

         9512  COLLECTION REAGENTS;  1%  (APPROXIMATE)  SODIUM BISULFITE.  Dissolve
               5  grams of sodium bisulfite (NaHSOs) in 500 ml of water.
                                             -47-

-------
9513  ANALYTICAL REAGENTS
            1% STARCH.   Weigh 1 gram of soluble  starch  into  a  150-ml
            beaker.  Add 1 to 2 ml  of water and stir to  make  a  paste.   In
            a separate  beaker, heat 100 ml of water to  boiling and  pour
            into the paste while stiring.   For accurate work the  starch
            solution should be made fresh  daily.

            0.05 N SODIUM THIOSULFATE.   Dissolve 12.5 grams  of sodium
            thiosulfate INajSgtaSHzo) in 1 liter of freshly  boiled  and
            cooled water.  Add 0.1 gram of sodium carbonate  as a
            preservative.  This will retard the  slow change  of liter which
            a solution  of thiosulfate normally undergoes.  Allow  the
            solution to stand for 24 hours before use.  To standardize
            the thiosulfate proceed as  follows:   Dry some potassium
            dichromate  (primary-standard grade)  in an oven.,  at 110° C
            for 1 hour.  Cool in a desiccator.  Weigh 2.452  grams of
            the dry dichromate into a 1-liter volumetric flask, and
            dissolve in about 500 ml of water.  Make up to volume with
            water and mix thoroughly.  Pi pet exactly 25 ml of  the solution
            into a 500  ml Erlenmeyer flask.  Pour 25 ml of water  into
            another Erlenmeyer flask for a blank determination.  Add 50
            ml of water, 10 ml. of concentrated  hydrochloric acid,  and
            3 grams of  solid potassium iodide to each flask.  Swirl each
            flask once, cover, and place in the  dark for 5 minutes.
            Dilute the  solution in each flask with 200  ml of water  and
            titrate with the 0.05 N sodium thiosulfate  solution until
            the brown color is almost discharged.  Add  3 ml  of starch
            indicator and titrate to colorless.   Subtract the  volume of
            sodium thiosulfate required for the  blank titration from the
            sample titration.  The normality of  the sodium thiosulfate
            solution is:

                                    1.25


            Where:

                  Vt =• milliliters of sodium thiosulfate used for  the
                        titration (blank subtracted).

            0.1 N (APPROXIMATE) IODINE. Dissolve 20 to 25 grams  of
            potassium iodide in as little  water  as possible.  Add 12.7
            grams of iodine and stir.  When dissolved make  up   to 1 liter
            with water  and store in a dark bottle.  This  reagent  need  not
            be standardized.

            0.005 N IODINE.  Dilute 50 ml  of 0.1 N iodine  to 1 liter with
            water.  Standardize daily with the 0.05 N  sodium thiosulfate
                                     -48-

-------
            as follows:   Pi pet 50 ml  of  the  Iodine  solution  Into a 250
            ml Erlenmeyer flask.   Titrate with  the  0.05  N sodium
            thiosulfate  until  the brown  color 1s  almost  discharged.  Add
            3 ml  of starch indicator  and titrate  to colorless.  The
            normality of the iodine solution is:

                                   0.02 Vt  Nt

            Where:

                V^  ?  mis of sodium thiosulfate used  for the titration.

                Nt  ^  exact normality of sodium thiosulfate.

      .5    BUFFER  SOLUTION.  Dissolve 80 grams of  anhydrous sodium
            carbonate in 500 ml of water.  Add  20 ml  of  glacial acetic
            acid slowly  to avoid excessive frothing.   Dilute to 1  liter.
            Adjust  the pH to 9.6 (±.0.1) with sodium  carbonate or  acetic
            acid as required using a  pH  meter.

9514  COLLECTION OF SAMPLE FOR SOURCE TESTING.  Connect  the  sampling train
      to a probe and sample at approximately 0.5  to 1.0  cfm. The  sampling
      time will depend on the concentration  of  carbonyls in  the effluent,
      and shall be  not less than 15 minutes. (Amended by Resolution 578,
      dated May 7,  1969)

9515  ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE.   P1pet an aliquot from  each  of the impingers
      into separate 250  ml Erlenmeyer flasks.   The  size  of the aliquot
      will depend on the concentration of carbonyls in the effluent.  Add
      2 ml of 1% starch  solution to each flask.  Add  0.1 N iodine  dropwise
      until a dark  blue  color is produced.   Care  should  be  taken  to  see
      that all of the sulfur dioxide  resulting  from the  decomposition of
      bisulfite 1s  removed from the vapor space in  the flask as it may
      cause the end point to fade. This can be conveniently accomplished
      by blowing a  small jet of air into the flask  while swirling  the
      contents vigorously for several minutes.  Decolorize each solution
      by adding 0.05 N sodium thiosulfate dropwise.  Add 0.005 N  iodine
      to a faint blue end point.  Cool thoroughly in  an  ice  bath  and add
      50 ml of chilled buffer to each flask. Allow to stand in the  ice
      bath for 10 to 15  minutes after the buffer  addition.   Then  titrate
      the liberated bisulfite in each flask  with  0.005 N iodine to the
      same faint blue end point present  before  addition  of the buffer.
      Keep the sample chilled in order to avoid a fading end point.  Make
      up a blank using the same volume of NaHS03  as used in  the aliquot
      taken.  Titrate as described for sample,  and  subtract  blank  value
      from sample value.  (Amended by Resolution  578, dated  May 7, 1969)
                                     -49-

-------
          9516  REPORTING AND CALCULATIONS FOR SOURCE TESTING.   Total  carbonyls
                expressed as ppm CHgO =.

                  Net Titer (ml)        75 x normality KI3      Vol.  1n impinger (ml)
                                              0.005              Aliquot taken (ml)
                                        1,2 x vol. gas sampled (liters)

                Amended by Resolution 578, dated May 7, 1969.

          9517  Deleted by Resolution 578, dated May 7, 1969.

          9518  Deleted by Resolution 578, dated May 7, 1969.

          9519  Deleted by Resolution 578, dated May 7, 1969.

(9.0)      CHAPTER 6 - DETERMINATION OF HYDROGEN SULFIDE IN SAMPLES TAKEN FROM GAS
          STREAMS

          9610  SCOPE.  This method describes a procedure for the determination of
                the total H9S in exhaust gases.  (Added by Resolution 635, dated
                November 5/1970.)

          9611  OUTLINE OF METHOD.  The hydrogen sulflde 1s adsorbed from a gas
                stream in a solution of cadmium sulfate.  The collected  sulfides
                are oxidized by an Iodine solution, and the quantity of  iodine used
                is determined by titration with thiosulfate.  (Added by  Resolution
                635, dated November 5, 1970.)

          9612  APPARATUS.  Sampling train consists of 3 Greenburn-Smith impingers
                or other adequate absorbing devices, the first of which  is empty
                and the second two containing 100 ml of CdS04-  The impingers are
                connected in series, followed by a dry meter and a source of suction.
                During sampling, the fmpingers are immersed in an ice bath.  (Added
                by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

          9613  REAGENTS

                1.    Cadmium Sulfate—Add 11.2 grams to 1 liter of distilled water

                2.    HC1 6N

                3.    Standard solution of 0.1 N iodine

                4,    Standard solution of 0.1 N sodium thiosulfate

                (Amended by Resolution 674, dated July 22, 1971.)

          9614  SAMPLING.  Add to the second and third impingers 100 ml  of CdS04
                solution.  Connect all three impingers with tubing inert to con-
                stltutents of the sample stream in such a manner that the gas will
                be pulled from the sampling device at the stack through  the impingers,
                then through the meter.  Immerse the impingers in an ice bath.


                                               -50-

-------
               Sample at 0.2  cfm.  The sampling time will depend on the
               concentration  of H2S  1n the  gas stream.   (Added by Resolution
               635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

         9615  ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE.  Determination of hydrogen sulfide:
               Quantitatively transfer solution and precipitate from the Cd ($04)2
               implngers into a glass-stoppered 500-ml Erlenmeyer flask.  From a
               50-ml  burette  add  iodine  solution  rapidly until an excess 1s indicated;
               rapidly add 10 ml  of  6N HC1, 1 ml  of starch solution and back titrate
               with  0. IN sodium thiosulfate 1n the usual fashion.  The iodine should
               be standardized using the same solution (cadmium sulfate) and
               conditions as  above.  (Added by Resolution 635, dated November 5,
               1970.   Amended by  Resolution 674,  dated July 22, 1971.)

         9616  CALCULATIONS.

               mg H2S- (ml KI3 x NKI3)  - (ml NagSOa) x  17
               ppm H2S -  __ _ mg  H2S  x  1Q3
                               1.39  x  sample  volume  in  liters

               (Added by Resolution  635,  dated  November 5,  1970.)

         9617  Other analytical  techniques  may  be used  for  the determination of
               hydrogen sulfide in samples  taken from gas streams  provided  that
               such techniques  yield results  equivalent to  those obtained by
               techniques prescribed in this  Chapter 6, Division 9.   (Added by
               Resolution 635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

(9.0)     CHAPTER 7 - DETERMINATION OF  HYDROGEN  SULFIDE  IN ATMOSPHERIC SAMPLES

         9710  SCOPE.  This  method describes  the procedure  for the determination
               of HoS concentrations in the atmosphere  to be. used  for the field
               calibration of recording ^S instruments.  The method  is  based on
               the absorption of sul fides by  a  solution of  Cd (OH) 2 containing
               Stractan, and the subsequent formation of amethylene blue by the
               addition of N-N  dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine.  (Added by Resolution
               635, dated November 5,  1970.)

         9711  REAGENTS.  (Added by  Resolution  635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

               .1    Cadmium hydroxide solution:  Dissolve  2.7 grams  of  anhydrous
                     cadmium sulfate,  CdSCty,  in approximately 100  ml  of  water.
                     Dissolve 0.3 grams of  sodium hydroxide in approximately 25
                     ml water,  add to  the cadmium solution  and dilute to 1  liter.
                     (Added  by  Resolution 635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

               .2    Test amine solution:  Dissolve  0.375 grams of N-N dimethyl-
                     p-phenylenediamine monohydrochloride in 100 ml of 1:1  sul f uric
                     acid.  (Added by  Resolution 635, dated November  5,  1970.)
                                             -51-

-------
      .3    Ferric chloride solution:   Dissolve 100 grams  of
            In enough water to make 100 ml  of solution.   (Added by
            Resolution 635, dated November  5, 1970.  Amended by Resolution
            674, dated July 22, 1971.)

      .4    Arabinoqalactan (Stractan 10);   Available from Stein,  Hall  &
            Co., Inc., 285 Madison Avenue,  New York, N.Y.   (Added  by
            Resolution 635, dated November  5, 1970.)

      .5    Absorption solution;  Add 2 grams of Arabinogalactan to 200
            ml of cadmium hydroxide solution.  Shake the solution  well
            and use within three days.   (Added by Resolution 635,  dated
            November 5, 1970.   Smended by Resolution 674,  dated July  22,
            1971.)

9712  APPARATUS.

      1.    Midget impinger

      2.    Source of suction

      3.    Spectrophotometer

      4.    Flowmeter or limiting orifice

      (Added by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

9713  PROCEDURE.  Shake the absorption solution well and pi pet 10  mis
      Into midget impingers.  Take air samples at 2 liters/min. for 30
      minutes.  Return collected samples to the laboratory and analyze
      within 24 hours.  To the impinger, add 0.3 ml of amine test  solution
      and mix well to dissolve all the cadmium hydroxide.   Then add one
      drop of ferric chloride  solution and  mix well.  Transfer to  a 25  ml
      graduated test tube and  bring to a total of 10.5 ml  with distilled
      water.  Allow to stand for 30 minutes before reading.  A blank
      containing all the reagents should be run along with the samples.

      Set the Spectrophotometer at 670 mu  and adjust with the blank to
      100% transmission.  Take readings of  samples, and from a standard
      curve obtain micrograms  of H?S.  (Added by Resolution 635, dated
      November 5, 1970.)

9714  PREPARATION OF STANDARD  CURVE.  Dissolve 0.71 gm of Na2S.9H20  in
      1 liter of distilled water.Standardize, using standard solutions
      of iodine and thiosulfate.  Make proper dilutions with absorption
      solution so as to obtain  a solution  containing 1 microgram H2S/ml.
                                      -52-

-------
               Add 0,2,4,6,8 and  10  micrograms of HgS standard respectively to
               sufficient volumes of absorption  solution to make 10 ml in each
               test tube.  Add 0.3 ml  amine  solution and mix well.  Add one drop
               of ferric chloride solution and mix well.  Allow 30 minutes for
               color development. Set spectrophotometer at 570 mu and adjust to
               100% transmission  with the 0  microgram t^S sample.  Take respective
               readings  and make  a plot of % transmission vs. microgram H?S to
               obtain the standard curve.   (Added by Resolution 635, dated November
               5, 1970.)

         9715  CALCULATION.

                      ppb H£S —  Microgram HgS from curve x
                                 Total  sample volume (liters) x 1.4

               (Added by Resolution  635, dated November 5, 1970.)

         9716  ALTERNATIVES.  Other  analytical techniques may be used for atmospheric
               determination of hydrogen sulfide, provided that such techniques
               yield results equivalent to those obtained by the techniques prescribed
               in this Chapter 7, Division 9. (Added by Resolution 635, dated
               November  5, 1970.)

(2.0)                                    DIVISION 10
                                  NEW AND EXPANDED OPERATIONS

(1.0)     CHAPTER 1 - DEFINITIONS

         10100 through 10105
               (Added by Resolution  635, dated November 5, 1970, deleted by
               Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

(2.0)     CHAPTER 2 - NEW LIMITATIONS - GENERAL LIMITATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

         10200 through 10203.1

               (Added by Resolution  635, dated November 5, 1970, deleted by
               Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

(51.9)   CHAPTER 3 - INCINERATION AND SALVAGE OPERATIONS

         10204 through 10206

               (Added by Resolution  635, dated November 5, 1970, deleted by
               Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

(51.21)   CHAPTER 4 - HEAT TRANSFER OPERATIONS

         10207 through 10208

               (Added by Resolution  635, dated November 5, 1970, deleted by
               Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)
                                              -53-

-------
(51.21)  CHAPTER 5 -  GENERAL COMBUSTION AND  GENERAL  OPERATIONS

         10209 through 10213.7

               (Added by Resolution  635, dated  November  5,  1970, deleted by
               Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.)

                                        NOTE

               By action of the Board of Directors,  Division  10 was added to
               apply  to New and Expanded Operations  on November 5, 1970.  One
               year following the date of enactment, Division 10 is repealed since
               its provisions become applicable to all sources as of that date.
               10204.3, 10207.4 and  10209.3  were  not officially repealed through
               Resolution 635 due to a drafting error but the intention of the
               Board  of Directors to repeal  the entire Division was clear and it
               is anticipated that official  action will  be  taken prior to
               November 5, 1971.

(50.2)                                   .DIVISION 11
                                      HYDROGEN  SULFIDE

         11100 HYDROGEN SULFIDE.   (Added by  Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

         11101 No person shall cause, let, permit, suffer or  allow any emission
               of hydrogen sulfide which results  in  ground  level concentrations
               of hydrogen sulfide at any given point in excess of the following
               concentrations:  0.06 ppm (vol)  averaged  over  3 consecutive minutes
               or 0.03 ppm (vol)  averaged over  60 consecutive minutes in. any 24-hour
               period from midnight  to the next suceeding midnight.  11101 shall
               not apply to the ground level  concentrations occurring on the
               property from which such emission  occurs, provided such property,
               from the emission  point to the point  of any  such concentration, is
               controlled by the  person responsible  for  such  emission.
               (Added by Resolution  635, dated  November  5,  1970.  Amended by
               Resolution 674, dated July 22, 1971.)

         11102 Sampling of exhaust gases for hydrogen sulfide from Typp A emission
               points shall  follow the techniques prescribed  in Division 9, Chapter
               6, and sampling of exhaust gases for  hydrogen  sulfide from Type B
               emission points shall  follow  the techniques  prescribed in Division
               9, Chapter 7, or the  Control  Officer  may  require continuous
               monitoring in accordance with 3210.1.  Area monitoring of ^S gas
               shall  be according to the procedure outlined in Division 8, Chapter
               8.  (Added by Resolution 635,  dated November 5, 1970.)

               .1    The person responsible  for the  emission  of HoS gas, which is
                     or may be in excess of  the limitations of 11101, shall notify
                     the control  officer in  writing  of the  location of all signif-
                     icant emission  points,  the location of the monitoring stations
                     specified in 11102.2 and 11102.3, and  the nature of the
                     source operations related  to each such emission.  (Added by
                     Resolution 635, dated November  5, 1970.)
                                               -54-

-------
Such person shall provide at least three recording
monitoring stations located in the area surrounding  the
source, which stations shall be operated in accordance with
the specifications of Chapter 8, Divison 8.  (Added  by
esolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

Such person shall provide at least one recording meteorolog-
ical station equipped to record wind speed and wind  direction.
(Added by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

Such person shall provide the necessary care and maintenance
services so that the instruments will function properly  and
adequately record HgS exposures in the area.  (Added by
Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

Such person shall provide to the control officer a  summary
of the data obtained from such instruments during each
calender month.  Such summary shall be in such form and  detail
as will show the degree of compliance with 11101, and the
time, location, extent, and duration of any recorded violation
of the provisions of 11101; shall include data giving the
total mass rate of emission of J^S from the emission points
specified in 11102.1, and detailed report of instrument
performance and maintenance; and shall be submitted within the
calendar month immediately succeeding the recording of the
data.  (Added by Resolution 635, dated November 5,  1970.)

Such person shall keep for a period of at least two years
all records gathered as a result of his 11102, and  shall
make these available to the control officer at his  request.
(Added by Resolution 635, dated November 5, 1970.)

Such person shall examine at the time of each instrument
maintenance check and in any case at intervals of no greater
than every seven days instrument records taken pursuant to
the requirements of this 11102 to determine compliance with
11101.  Any recorded violation of 11101 shall be reported to
the control officer within the next normal working  day after
such examination  (Added by Resolution 635, dated November
5, 1970.)

Whenever the records indicate that a violation of 11101  has
occurred the person responsible for such emission must furnish
evidence that proper action has been taken to prevent
recurrence, or a violation of 11101 will be deemed  to have
occurred.  When instrument records are not adequate to show
compliance with 11101, the control officer may specify the
schedule to be followed for producing a satisfactory record
history.  (Added by Resolution 635, dated November  5, 1970.)
                          -55-

-------
(50.7)                                LEAD  REGULATION


                                      DIVISION  12

(2.0)     CHAPTER 1  -  GENERAL  LIMITATIONS

         12110 No person shall  cause, let,  permit, suffer, or allow any emission
               of lead,  or any  compound of lead calculated as lead, that will
               result in a ground  level concentration in excess of 1.0 ug/nn
               averaged  over  24 hours.  Emission limitations shall be determined
               by use of formulas  4.1 and  5.13, and from workbook figures 3-3 and
               3-9, in "Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates," by D.
               Bruce  Turner,  Public Health  Service Publication No. 999-AP-26,
               Revised 1969,  published by  the U. S. Department of Health, Education
               and  Welfare.   In using said  equations and figures, a neutral or "D"
               stability category  shall be  assumed, a wind shall be assumed that
               remains throughout  the averaging period directed within a 22.5°
               sector of the  compass rose  at an average speed of two meters per
               second, and an ambient air  temperature of 293°K shall be assumed.

         12111 Any  person responsible for  the emission of lead may elect to be
               regulated by the requirements of 12111 through 12111.7 instead of
               12110.  Such election shall  be made by notifying the Control Officer
               in writing and complying with all the requirements of 12111 through
               12111.7.

               .1    No  person  shall  cause, let, permit, suffer, or allow any
                     emission of lead resulting in ground level concentrations in
                     excess of  l.Ojjg/nK above  the background level, averaged over
                     30  days, as determined in  accordance with Chapter 2, Division
                     12.

                     Background level  shall be  determined as described in 12214.
                     This 12111.1  shall not apply to the ground level concentrations
                     occurring  on  the property  from which such emission occurs,
                     provided such property from the emission point to the point
                     of  any such concentration  is controlled by the person
                     responsible for such  emission.

               .2    The person responsible for emissions of lead who has elected
                     to  be.regulated by 12111 through 12111.7 shall provide,
                     installed, and maintain not less than four directionally
                     controlled high-volume samplers located in the area surrounding
                     the source.  Samplers  shall be positioned and operated and
                     samples  shall be analyzed  for lead content in accordance with
                     Chapter  2, Division 12.  Additional samples may be required
                     by  the Control  Officer to  adequately determine ground level
                     concentrations of lead.
                                             -56-

-------
      .3    Such  person  shall  provide at least one recording
            meteorological  station equipped to record wind speed and
            wind  direction, and  positioned and operated in accordance
            with  the  specifications of Chapter 2, Division 12.

      .4    Such  person  shall  provide necessary care and maintenance
            so that the  instruments and samplers will function properly
            and adequately  record the lead exposures in the area.

      .5    Such  person  shall  provide to the Control Officer, during
            each  calendar month, a summary of the data obtained from
            such  instruments and samplers, prepared in accordance with
            the specifications of Chapter 1, Division 12.

      .6    Such  person  shall  keep all records obtained as a  result of
            Chapter 1, Division  12, for a period of at least  two years,
            and shall make  them  available to the Control Officer at his
            request.

      .7    Such  person  shall  provide to the Control Officer, upon prior
            notification by him, high-volume samples for analysis.

12112 Upon the observation  within any 30-day period of any ground level
      concentration in excess  of 1.0/ug/m3 above the background level as
      determined  by 12111 through 12111.7, and averaged over  30 days  as
      determined  in accordance with Chapter 2, Division 12, emission  of
      lead shall  thereafter meet the requirements of 12110.

12113 Notwithstanding any other  limitations of this Division  12, no person
      shall cause, let,  permit,  suffer, or allow the emission of lead,
      or any compound of lead  calculated as lead, from any emission point
      in excess of 15 pounds per day.

      CHAPTER 2
                   *
12210 SCOPE.  The procedure outlines the techniques to be used for
      atmospheric sampling of  ground level lead concentrations in order
      to fulfill  requirements  of 12111  through  12111.7.

12211 OUTLINE OF  PROCEDURE.  Lead concentrations in the atmosphere at
      ground level shall be determined  by directionally controlled
      operation of high-volume samplers and continuously operated
      meteorological  instruments so  located with respect to each major
      source that the lead concentrations in  that area will be properly
      measured.

12212 INSTRUMENT  SPECIFICATION.   High  volume  samplers  shall be fitted with
      control device  which will  cause  the sampler  to operate  only during
      those periods when the ambient airflow  to the sampler is from a
      specified sector,  as described  in the  "Journal of the Air  Pollution
      Control Association," Volume  19,  pages  236-238,  1969.   Such instruments
      shall be sufficiently sensitive  to  record wind direction and speed
      of wind at  wind speeds of two miles per hour.
                                     -57-

-------
12213 INSTRUMENT POSITIONING.   The high-volume samplers will oe positioned
      in pairs.One pair shall be positioned upwind and downwind of the
      emission point along the vector of the most frequent wind direction,
      determined on the basis  of a wind rose as described in  -'Some
      Applications of Statistics to Meteorology," by Hans Panofsky and
      Glenn Birar, Mineral Industlres Extension Service, Pennsylvania
      State University, pages  15-16, 1958.   A second pair shall be
      positioned upwind and downwind of the emission point along the
      vector of the next most  frequent wind direction,  determined on the
      aasis of a wind rose as  described above.  The primary and secondary
      directions shall be determined separately for each of two seasons,
      November through April and May through October inclusive.  Samplers
      shall be positioned in either of the  following methods:   (1) in two
      sets of four, with one set of four for the months of November
      through April and one set of four for the months  of May  through
      October; or (2) In one set of four samplers that  may be  moved on
      November first and May first of each  year.   Samplers shall be
      positioned at a distance from the emission point  that is as close
      as possible to the distance at which  maximum ground level concentra-
      tions are predicted by diffusion analysis to occur most  frequently.
      Positioning of samplers  shall be determined in consultation with
      the Control Officer, but in no case shall the location of a sampler
      be closer to the emission point than  the edge of  the perperty on
      which the emission occurs.  The meteorological instruments shall
      be positioned at a location which is  as close as  possible to the
      emission point and which also provides the instrument with a
      reasonably unobstructed  exposure to the flow of air. Positioning
      of the meteorological instruments shall be determined in consultation
      with the Control Officer.

12214 INSTRUMENT OPERATION. At each high-volume sampling location, one
      of the samplers shall be operated to  sample background concentra-
      tions and the other sampler to sample concentrations influenced
      by the source.  Background concentrations will be assumed to
      exist whenever the difference between wind direction and the
      direction from sampling  site to source is greater than 22.5°.
      Concentrations will be assumed to be  influenced by the source
      whenever said difference in directions is 22.50 or less.
      Directional controls shall be designed to minimize sensitivity
      to short period wind gusts.  In addition to the above provisions,
      samplers shall be operated and samples shall be obtained in
      accordance with the specifications given in the Air Pollution
      Control Association Committee TR-2, Method APM-2.5, published
      in the "Journal of the Air Pollution  Control Association,"
      Volume 17, No. 1, pages  17-25, January 1967.  High-volume samplers
      shall be operated at least every third day for a  period  of 24 hours,
      beginning at 10:00 PST,  and all samplers shall be operated
      concurrently.  Meteorological instruments shall be operated
      continuously.
                                     -58-

-------
        12215 ANALYSIS OF SAMPLES  FOR  LEAD.  Lead shall be analyzed on the high-
              volume filters  by  appropriate preparation of the filter substrate
              and atomic absorption  analysis or any other equivalent analytical
              procedure.

        12216 ANALYSIS OF DATA.  After ten days of sampling have been completed,
              arithmetic means of  lead concentration shall be computed from all
              samples obtained during  that period.  Two separate means shall
              be computed, one for all  the background samples and one for all
              samples influenced by  the source.  All means shall be running
              means, updated  at  each subsequent 24-hour sample.  When the means
              of the concentrations  influenced by the source exceeds the mean
              of the background  concentrations by more than 1.0 ug/m3 over the
              same 30-day period,  a  violation shall be deemed to have occurred
              and the limitations  of 12110 shall thereafter be met.

(3.0)                                   DIVISION 13
                                         PERMITS

        1300  PERMITS.  The effective  date of this Division 13 shall be on July
              1, 1972.

        1301  AUTHORITY TO CONSTRUCT.   No person shall construct any facitlity
              or building, or erect, alter, or replace any article, machine,
              equipment or other contrivance, the use of which may cause the
              emission of air contaminants, or the use of which may eliminate,
              reduce or control  the  emission of air contaminants unless he
              shall first have obtained written authorization for such construction,
              erection, alteration or  replacement from the Air Pollution Control
              Officer.

        1302  AUTHORITY TO OPERATE.  No person shall operate any facility or
              building, or any article, machine, equipment or other contrivance,
              the use of which may cause the emission of air contaminants,  or
              the use of which may eliminate, reduce, or control the emission
              of air contaminants  for  which an authority to construct  is required
              unless he shall first  have obtained written authorization for
              such operation  from  the  Air Pollution Control Officer.

              .1    An authorization to construct or operate shall not exempt
                    any person from  meeting all  local, state or  federal require-
                    ments for such construction  or operation, nor shall it  exempt
                    any person from  meeting all  Regulations of the District.

              .2    AUTHORITY TO OPERATE —FUEL TANKS AND PUMPS  FOR SERVICE OF
                    MOTOR VEHICLES^After October  1,  1974, no person  shall
                    operate any  gasoline station, or  fuel tank,  or pump for the
                    servicing of  motor vehicles, unless he shall first have
                    obtained  written authorization  for such operation  from  the
                    A1r Pollution  Control Officer.  The Air Pollution  Control
                    Officer shall  not  deny authorization for such operation if
                                           -59-

-------
      a vapor  recovery system for bulk fuel delivery is installed
      which  reduces emissions from that source by at least 90%,
      and  the  permit  is further conditioned upon the installation
      of a vapor  recovery system for deliver of fuel to motor
      vehicle  tanks which reduces emissions from that source by
      at least 90%, upon notification by the Air Pollution Control
      Officer  that such a system is or can be made commercially
      available,  and  in any event not later than January 1, 1976.
      The  piping  and  other equipment required for the vapor
      recovery system for delivery of fuel to motor vehicle tanks,
      with the exception of the nozzle shall be installed prior
      to July  1,  1975.

      If it  is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Air
      Pollution Control Officer that it is impractical to comply
      with the requirements of 90% vapor recovery for delivery
      of fuel  to  motor vehicle tanks as a result of vehicle fill
      neck configuration, location, or other design features for
      a class  of  vehicles, the provisions of this section for 90%
      vapor  recovery  for delivery of fuel to vehicle tanks shall
      not  apply to such class of vehicles.  However, in no case
      shall  such  design features exempt any gasoline dispensing
      facility servicing motor vehicles from installing and using
      a vapor  recovery system required by this section.  (Adopted
      February 15, 1973; amended December 20, 1973; June 27, 1974;
      November 23, 1974.)

.21    a)    No person shall store gasoline in or otherwise use
            or operate any gasoline delivery vehicle used for
            the delivery of gasoline for the servicing of motor
            vehicles  unless he shall first have obtained written
            authorization for such operation from the Air
            Pollution Control Officer.  The Air Pollution Control
            Officer shall not deny authorization for such use or
            operation if such vehicle is designed and maintained
            to be vapor-tight and if such vehicle is equipped with
            a  system  to recover at least 90% of the gasoline vapors
            displaced during the transfer of gasoline from the
            vehicle to storage tanks used to service motor vehicles.
            Any person who delivers or authorizes the delivery
            of gasoline to storage tanks without the proper
            connection of the vapor recovery system to the storage
            tank  shall be deemed to be in violation of this Section.

      b)     Gasoline  delivery vehicles serviced solely from bulk
            terminals of less than 25, 000 gallons per day through-
            out are exempted from the requirements of 1302.21  (a).

.22    The  Air  Pollution Control Officer shall not deny an authority
      to operate  for  containers, reservoirs or tanks used exclusively
      for:
                             -60-

-------
            (a)    The  storage of  gasoline having a capacity equal to
                  or less  than  2000  gallons and with a throughput of
                  6000 gallons  per month or less.

            (b)    The  storage of  gasoline serviced from bulk terminals
                  of less  than  25,000  gallons per day throughput.  Such
                  tanks shall comply with the vapor recovery requirements
                  of 1302.2  within 20  days of a change in  service which
                  results  in deliveries from bulk terminals of  25,000
                  gallons  per day throughput or more.

            (c)    The  storage of  gasoline in structures which the Air
                  Pollution  Control  Officer has determined that severe
                  and  unusual construction problems would  prevent the
                  installation  of equipment ot meet the vapor recovery
                  requirements  specified in Section 1302.2.  Such unusual
                  construction  problems include but are not limited to
                  tanks located in the basements of office buildings
                  or under roadways.

            (d)    The  storage of  gasoline and whose operation will
                  cease on or before July 1, 1975 upon presentation of
                  adequate supporting  documents to the Air Pollution
                  Control  Officer.   This exemption from the vapor
                  recovery requirements specified in 1302.2 shall not
                  apply if the  operation ceases prior to July 1, 1975
                  and  recommences operation after July 1,  1975.
                  (adopted June 12,  1974; June 27, 1974.)

      .23   All  vapor  return and/or  vapor recovery systems used to coply
            with Sections  1302.2, 1302.21 and 1302.22 are  not exempted
            from compliance with  any safety, fire, weights and  measures
            or other applicable state, local or federal codes or
            regulations.


1303  TRANSFER.   An authority to  construct, erect, alter or replace,
      or an authority  to operate, shall not be transferable from one
      location to another.  An  authority to construct, erect, alter
      or replace, or an authority to operate, shall not be transferable
      from one person  to another  without prior written notification
      to the Air Pollution Control Officer.

1304  APPLICATIONS. Every application for an authority to construct,
      erect, alter or  replace,  or an authority to operate, shall be
      submitted to the Air Pollution Control Officer on a  form  specified,
      and contain all  of the information required by him.

1305  EXPIRATION.'  An  authority to construct, erect, alter or replace, or
      an authority to  operate,  shall expire two years after the date of
      issuance,  unless use of such authority has been substantially
      commenced.
                                     -61-

-------
1306  ACTION OF APPLICATIONS.   The  Air Pollution  Control Officer shall
      act as soon as possible,  but  not later than 60  days  unless extended
      by written consent of the applicant,  on an  application for
      authority to construct, erect,  alter  or replace, or  authority to
      operate, and shall notify the applicant in  writing of his approval,
      conditional approval, or denial.   An applicant dissatisfied with
      the decision of the Air Pollution  Control Officer may seek an order
      from the Hearing Board modifying or reversing such action pursuant
      to Article 12, Chapter 2.5, Division  20, of the Health-.^nd Safety
      Code.

1307  DENIAL - FAILURE JO MEET  EMISSION  REGULATIONS.  The  Air  Pollution
      Control Officer shall  deny an authority to  construct, erect, alter
      or replace, if the facility,  building, article, machine, equipment
      or other contrivance,  the use of which may  cause the emission of
      air contaminants, or the  use  of which may eliminate, reduce or
      control the emission of air contaminants, when  operated, will not
      comply with the emission  regulations  of the District.

1308  DENIAL - DEGRADATION OF AIR QUALITY.   The Air Polltuion  Control
      Officer, after considering all  information  available about existing
      air quality, meteorological information that may affect  the air
      quality, information about the  emission of  air  contaminants from
      the proposed new source operation, shall deny an authority to
      construct, erect, alter,  or replace any facility, building,, article,
      machine, equipment or other contrivance, or an  authority to operate
      any facility, building, article, machine, equipment  or other
      contrivance, the use of which may cause the emission of  air
      contaminants if the operation of such would cause any air quality
      standard adopted by the California Air Resources Board or the
      Environmental Protection  Agency to be exceeded  in the vicinity
      in which it is proposed to be located or elsewhere in the Bay Area
      Air Pollution Control  District.

1309  DENIAL- AIR QUALITY STANDARDS EXCEEDED IN THE VICINITY.  The Air
      Pollution Control Officer, after considering all information
      available about existing  air  qualtiy, meteorological information
      that may affect the air quality, information about the emission
      of air contaminants from  existing source operations, information
      about the emission of air contaminants from the proposed new source
      operation, shall deny an  authority to construct, erect,  alter,
      or replace any facility,  building, article, machine, equipment
      or other contrivance, or  an authority to operate any facility,
      building, article, machine, equipment or other  contrivance, the
      use of which may cause the emission of air  contaminants  if any
      air quality standard adopted  by the California  Air Resources Board
      or the Environmental Protection Agency for  any  air Contaminant
      from the proposed new source  is exceeded  in the vicinity in which
      it is proposed to be located.
                                     -62-

-------
1310  DENIAL - AUTHORITY TO OPERATE.   The  A1r  Pollution Contol Officer
      shall deny an authority to operate any facility or building,
      article, machine,  equipment or  other contrivance for which an
      authority to construct or operate is required, 1f 1t is not
      constructed substantially in conformance with the authority to
      construct, or if the use or operation according to design standard
      does not comply with the regulations of  the  Board.

1311  IMPROVEMENT BY REPLACEMENT - NOT CAUSE FOR DENIAL.  The Air
      Pollution Control  Officer shall not  deny an  authority  to construct,
      erect, alter or replace, or an  authority to  operate, any facility,
      building, article, machine, equipment or other contrivance if
      the facility, building, article, machine,  equipment or other
      contrivance is a replacement for any existing facility, building,
      article, machine,  equipment or  other contrivance will  when used
      or operated result in the emission of less of each air contaminant
      than the use or operation of the original  such facility, building,
      article, machine,  equipment or  other contrivance for which it  is
      a replacement.  This Section 1311 shall  apply only if  the original
      emissions were in  compliance with District regulations.

1312  DESIGN - NOT CAUSE FOR DENIAL.   The  Air  Pollution Control Officer
      shall not deny an authority to  construct,  erect, alter or replace,
      or an authority to operate, any facility,  building, article,
      machine, equipment or other contrivance  solely because of the
      design of the equipment, type of construction, or particular method
      to be used in reducing the release of air  contaminants.

1313  POSTING OF AUTHORITY TO OPERATE. Every  permit to operate shall
      be posted on or near the equipment for which the permit has been
      issued in such manner as to be  clearly visible and accessible.
      If the facility, building, article,  machine, equipment or other
      contrivance is so constructed or operated  that the permit to
      operate cannot be so placed, it shall be mounted so as to be
      clearly visible and accessible  within 25 feet of the facility,
      building, article, machine, equipment or other contrivance, and
      readily available at all times  for inspection.

1314  SUSPENSION.  The Air Pollution  Control Officer shall suspend or
      revoke a permit to operate any  facility, building, article,
      machine, equipment, or other contrivance,  if the operation causes
      the emission of air contaminants in  violation of any regulation
      of the Board.  The permit to operate may be  reinstated by the
      Air Pollution Control Officer if the person  responsible for the
      emissions shows that corrective action has been taken  and that
      emissions meet all the regulations of the  Board.  Any  person
      considering himself aggrieved by any action  of the Air Pollution
      Control Officer under this section may seek  an order from the
      Hearing Board modifying or reversing such  action pursuant to
      Article 12, Chapter 2.5, Division  20, of the Health and Safety Code.
                                    -63-

-------
1315  APPLICATION.   The following uses and operations,  but not limited
      to the following uses and operations, are required to meet the
      requirements  of all  regulations  of the District and are  required
      to comply with all of the requirements of this  Division  13:

      1.    All stationary sources causing emissions  in excess of 100
            tons per year of any pollutant for which  there is  a National
            or California State air quality standard.

      2.    Without regard to the amount of emissions,  stationary
            sources listed in Appendix C of the Federal Register,
            Saturday, August 14, 1971, Volume 36,  Number 158,  Part II,
            Page 15497.

      3.    Any space heating operation of a capacity of greater than
            10 million BTU/hour heat input.

      4.    Any conflict between Section 1315 and  Section 1316 shall
            be interpreted so that this Section 1315  shall prevail.

1316  EXEMPTIONS.  The following uses  and operations  are required to
      meet the requirement of all regulations of the  Bay Area  Air
      Pollution Control District except that an authorization  for
      construction, erection, alteration, or replacement or authorization
      to operate. Is not required for the following.  These exemptions
      shall terminate 4 years from the date of adoption of this .
      regulation:

      A.    The following operations:

            1.   Single family dwellings.

            2.   Multiple family dwellings, hotels and  motels.

            3.   Office and commercial buildings of less than  10 million
                 BTU/hour hear input for space heating.

            4.   Road construction, widening and rerouting.

            5.   Restaurants and other establishments for the  purpose
                 of preparing food for human consumption.

            6.   Structural changes which do not change the qualtiy,
                 nature or quantity of air contaminant  emissions.

      B.    The following equipment:

            1.   Comfort air conditioning or comfort ventilating systems
                 which are not designed to remove  air contaminants
                 generated by or released from specific units  of equip-
                 ment.
                                    -64-

-------
 2.    Refrigeration units  except  those used as, or in con-
      junction with* air pollution  control equipment.

 3.    Internal combustion  engines.

 4.    Vacuum producing devices  in laboratory operations or
      which are used exclusively  in connection with other
      equipment which is exempted by  this  rule, and vacuum
      producing devices which do  not  remove or convey air
      contaminants from another source.

 5.    Water cooling towers and  water  cooling ponds not used
      for evaporative cooling of  process water, or not used
      for evaporative cooling of  water from barometric jets
      from barometric condensers.

 6.    Equipment used exclusively  for  steam cleaning.

 7.    Presses used exclusively  for  extruding metals, minerals,
      plastics or wood.

 8.    Procelain enameling  furnaces, porcelain enameling drying
      ovens, vitreous enameling furnaces or vitreous enameling
      drying ovens.

 9.    Presses used for the curing of  rubber products and plastic
      products.

10.    Equipment used for hydraulic  or hydrostatic testing.

11.    All sheet-fed paper  printing  presses and all other
      printing presses using exclusively inks containing no
      organic solvents, diluents  or thinners.

12.    Equipment used for buffing, carving, cutting, drilling,
      grinding, machining, routing, sanding, sawing, surface
      grinding or turning  of fiberboard, masonry, carbon or
      graphite.

13.    Tanks, vessels and pumping  equipment used exclusively
      for the storage or dispensing of  fresh commercial or
      purer grades of:

      (a)   Sulfurfc acid  with  an acid  strength of 99  per cent
            or less by weight.

      (b)   Phosphoric acid with  an acid strenght of 99 per
            cent or less by weight.

    1  (c)   Nitric acid with an acid  strength of  70 per cent
            or less by weight.
                          -65-

-------
14.   Ovens used exclusively for the curing of plastics which
      are concurrently being vacuum held to a mold, or for
      the softening and annealing of plastics.

15.   Equipment used exclusively for the dyeing or stripping
      (bleaching) or textiles where no organic solvents,
      diluents or thinners are used.

16.   Equipment used exclusively to mill or grind coatings
      and molding compounds in a paste form.

17.   Crucible type or pot type furnaces with a brimful
      capacity of less than 450 cubic inches of any molten
      metal.

18.   Equipment used exclusively for the melting or applying
      of wax where no organic solvents, diluents or thinners
      are used.

19.   Equipment used exclusively for bonding lining to brake
      shoes.

20.   Lint traps used exclusively in conjunction with dry
      cleaning tumblers.

21.   Equipment used exclusively to compress or hold dry
      natural gas.

22.   Tumblers used for the, cleaning or deburring of .metal
      products without abrasive blasting.

23.   Shell core and shell-mold manufacturing machines.

24.   Molds used for the casting of metals.

25.   Abrasive blast cabinet-dust filter combination units
      where the dust filter and blasting cabinet are built
      integrally and mounted on the same framework.

26.   Batch mixers of 5 cubic feet rated working capacity
      or less.

27.   Equipment used exclusively for the packaging of lubricants
      or greases.

28.   Equipment used exclusively for the manufacture of water
      emulsions of waxes, greases or oils.

29.   Ovens used exclusively for the curing of vinyl plastisols
      by the closed mold curing process.
                         -66-

-------
     30.   Equipment used exclusively for conveying  and storing
           plastic pellets.

     31.   Equipment used exclusively for the mixing and blending
           of materials at ambient temperature to make  water based
           adhesives.

     32.   Smokehouses in which the maximum horizontal  inside
           cross sectional area does not exceed 20 square feet.

     33.   Platen presses used for laminating.

     34.   Orchard heaters.

C.    The following equipment or any exhaust system  or  collector
      serving exclusively such equipment:

      1.   Blast cleaning equipment using a suspension  of abrasive
           in water.

      2.   Ovens, mixers and blenders used in bakeries  where the
           products are edible and intended for human consumption.

      3.   Kilns used for firing ceramic ware, heated exclusively
           by natural gas, liquefied petroleum gas,  electricity
           or any combination thereof.

      4.   Laboratory equipment used exclusively for chemical or
           physical analyses and bench scale laboratory equipment.

      5.   Equipment used for inspection of metal products.

      6.   Confection cookers where the products are edible and
           intended for human consumption.

      7.   Equipment used exclusively for forging, pressing,
           rolling or drawing of metals or for heating  metals
           immediately prior to forging, pressing, rolling or
           drawing.

      8.   Die casting machines.

      9.   Atmosphere generators used in connection  with metal
           heat treating processes.

     10.   Photographic process equipment by which an image is
           reporduced upon material sensitized to radiant energy.

     11.   Brazing, soldering or welding equipment.
                              -67-

-------
12.   Equipment used exclusively for the sintering of glass
      or metals.

13.   Equipment used for buffing or polishing,  carving,  cutting,
      drilling, machining, routing, sanding,  sawing,  surface
      grinding or turning of ceramic artwork, ceramic precision
      parts, leather, metals, plastics or rubber.

14.   Equipment used for carving, cutting, drilling,  grinding,
      planning, routing, sanding, sawing, shredding or turning
      of wood or the pressing or storing of sawdust,  wood
      chips or wood shavings.

15.   Equipment used for surface preparation, cleaning or
      stripping of metals by use of aqueous solutions.

16.   Equipment used for washing or drying products fabricated
      from metal or glass, provided that no volatile  organic
      materials are used in the process and that no oil  or
      solid fuel is burned.

17.   Laundry dryers, extractors or tumblers  used for fabrics
      cleaned only with water solutions of bleach or  detergents.

18.   Containers, reservoirs, or tanks used exclusively  for
      electrolytic plating with, or electrolytic polishing of,
      or electrolytic stripping of the following metals:  brass,
      bronze, cadmium, copper, iron, lead, nickel, tin,  zinc,
      and precious metals.

19.   Foundry sand mold forming equipment to-which no heat
      is applied.

20.   Ovens used exclusively for curing potting materials
      or castings made with epoxy resins.

21.   Equipment used to liquefy or separate oxygen, nitrogen
      or the rare gasses from the air.

22.   Equipment used for compression molding  and injection
      molding of plastics.

23.   Mixers for rubber or plastics where no  material in
      powder form is added and no organic solvents, diluents,
      or thinners are used.

24.   Equipment used exclusively to package Pharmaceuticals
      and cosmetics or to coat pharmaceutical tablets.

25.   Equipment used exclusively to grind, blend or package
      tea, cocoa, spices or roasted coffee.
                         -68-

-------
     26.   Roll  mills or calenders  for rubber or plastics.

D.    Steam generators8  steam superheaters, water  boilers, water
      heaters and closed heat transfer systems of  less than  10
      million BTU per hour capacity that are fired exclusively
      with one of the following:

      1.   Natural  gas.

      2.   Liquefied petroleum gas.

      3.   A combination of natural gas and  liquefied petroleum
           gas.

E.    Natural draft hoods, natural  draft stacks or natural draft
      ventilators.

F.    Containers, reservoirs, or tanks used  exclusively  for:

      1.   Dipping operations for coating objects  with oils, waxes
           or greases where no organic solvents,  diluents  or thinners
           are used.

      2.   Dipping operations for applying coatings of natural
           or synthetic  resins which contain no organic  solvents.

      3.   Storage of liquefied gases.

      4.   Unheated storage of organic materials  with an.initial
           boiling point of 300°F.  or greater.

      5.   The storage of fuel oils with a gravity of 25° API or
           lower.

      6.   The storage of lubricating oils.

      7.   The storage of fuel oils with a gravity of 40° API or
           lower and having a capacity of 10,000  gallons or  less.

      8.   The storage of organic liquids normally used  as solvents,
           diluents or thinners, inks, colorants,  paints, lacquers,
           enamels, varnishes, liquid resins or other surface
           coatings, and having a capacity of  600 gallons or less.

      9.   The storage of liquid soaps, liquid detergents, tallow,
           or vegetable oils, waxes or wax emulstions.

     10.   The storage of asphalt.

     11.   Unheated solvent dispensing containers, unheated  non-con-
           veyorized solvent rinsing containers  or unheated  non-con-
           veryorized coating dip tanks of 100 gallons  capacity or less.
                              -69-

-------
                   12.    Etching  (does not  include chemical milling).

                   13.    The  storage of gasoline having a capacity of less than
                         250  gallons.
                                                                    6
              G.     Equipment used exclusively for heat treating glass or metals,
                    or  used exclusively for case hardening, carburizing, cyanidlng,
                    nitridizing,  carbonitriding, siliconizing or diffusion treating
                    of  metal  objects.

              H.     Crucible  furnaces, pot  furnaces or induction furnaces, with
                    a capacity of 1000 pounds or less each, in which no sweating
                    or  distilling is conducted and from which only the following
                    metals are poured or  in which only the following metals are
                    held  in a molten state:

                    1.    Aluminum or any  alloy containing over 50 per cent
                         aluminum.

                    2.    Magnesium or any alloy containing over 50 per cent
                         magnesium.

                    3.    Lead or  any alloy  containing over 50 per cent lead.

                    4.    Tin  or any alloy containing over 50 per cent tin.

                    5.    Zinc or  any alloy  continlng over 50 per cent zinc.

                    6.    Copper.

                    7.    Procious metals.

              I.     Vacuum cleaning system  used exclusively for industrial,
                    commercial or residential housekeeping purposes.

              J.     Repairs or maitenance not involving structural changes to
                    any equipment for which a permit has been granted.

              K.     Identical replacements  in whole or in part of any article,
                    machine,  equipment or other contrivance where a permit to
                    operate had previously  been granted for such equipment.

(50.3)                                    DIVISION  14
                                      NITROGEN OXIDES

       141100 NITROGEN  OXIDES

       141111 No person shall cause, let, permit,  suffer, or allow the emission
              of nitrogen oxides, calculated as nitrogen dioxide and  calculated
              as if there were 3% oxygen  in the exhaust gas stream, from any new
              or modified heat transfer operation, designed for a maximum heat
              input of  more than  250,000,000 BTU per hour or greater  in excess of:
                                            -70-

-------
       .1    125 ppm when gaseous  fossil  fuel  1s  burned;

       .2    225 ppro when liquid fossil fuel 1s burned.

       .3    When different fossil  fuels  are burned  simultaneously  in
             any combination the applicable standard shall  be  determined
             by proration.   Compliance  shall be determined  by  using the
             following formula:

                        x (125)  +   y (225)     «   allowable  emission
                              x  +   y

             x 1s the percent of total  heat Input derived from gaseous
             fossil  fuel, and

             y is the percent of total  heat input derived from liquid
             fossil  fuel.

       .4    No person shall cause, let,  permit,  suffer, or allow the
             emission of nitrogen  oxides, calculated as nitrogen dioxide
             and calculated as if  there were 3% oxygen in the  exhaust
             gas stream, from any  heat  transfer operation,  designed for
             a maximum heat input  of 1750,000,000 BTU per hour or greater
             in excess of:

       .5    175 ppm when gaseous  fossil  fuel  1s  burned;

       .6    300 ppm when liquid fossil fuel 1s burned.

       .7    When different fossil  fueld  are burned  simultaneously in
             any combination the applicable standard shall  be  determined
             by proration.   Compliance  shall be determined  by  using the
             following formula:

                         x (175) +  y (300)    + allowable emission
                               x +  y

             x is the percent of total  heat input derived from gaseous
             fossil  fuel, and

             y is the percent of total  heat  input derived  from liquid
             fossil  fuel.

       .8    Section 141111.4 through 141111.7 shall be in  force and take
             effect  on April 19, 1975.

141112 A new heat transfer operation means any such  operation  that had
  •     not commenced on the effective date of  this section. A modified
       heat transfer operation means an operation in which  there has
       been any physical change  in, or  change  in  the method of operation
                                     -71-

-------
       of, a source operation which increases  the  amount  of nitrogen
       oxides previously emitted,  except that:

       .1    Routine maintenance,  repair, and  replacement shall  not
             be considered physical changes, and

       .2    The following shall not be considered a  change in the
             method of operation:   (a)  an increase in the production
             rate, if such increase does not exceed the operating
             design capacity of the operation;   (b) an increase  in hours
             of operation;  (c) use of  an alternative fuel if, prior
             to the date on which  this  section  becomes effective,.the
             operation was designed to  accommodate such alternative fuel.

141113 "Commenced" means that an owner  or operator has undertaken a
       continuous program of construction or modification or  that an
       owner or operator has entered into a binding agreement or
       contractual obligation to undertake and complete,  within  a
       reasonable time, a continuous program of construction  or
       modification.

141114 Determination of nitrogen oxides.

141115 SCOPE.  This method describes a  procedure  for  the  determination  of
       nitrogen oxides in exhaust  gases.

141116 OUTLINE OF METHOD.  The method is based on  the absorption of
       nitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide in alkaline  permanganate
       bubblers fitted with semi-fine frits.   The  formed  nitrite.and
       nitrate ions are determined by first converting the nitrite formed
       during the collection to nitrate.  The  total nitrate is then
       reduced to nitrite, which is determined by  diazotation and coupling
       to form a red dye.

141117 REAGENTS.

       1.    Absorption Solution:   Dissolve 40 gms of potassium
             permanganate and 20 gms of sodium hydroxide  in disti-led
             water and dilut to 1  liter.

       2.    Oxalic Acid;  8% solution  in distilled water.

       3.    Sulfuric Acid:  0.8 N:  dilute 22.4 ml of cone,  sulfuric
             acid to 1 liter with  distilled water.

       4.    Reducing and Color Reagent;  Nitra Ver IV,  catalog  No 2013,
             Hach Chemical Co., Ames, Iowa.

141118 SAMPLE COLLECTION.  Sampling train consists of 3  Greenburg-Smith
       impingers modified with semi-fine frits of approximately  70
       porosity.  Each impinger shall contain  150 ml  of  absorbing
       solution.  The impingers are connected  in series,  followed by a
       dry meter and a source of suction.  During sampling the  impingers
                                     -72-

-------
       are inmersed 1n an ice bath.   Sampling  rate  shall be between 0.5
       and 1.0 liters  per minute.  Sampling  time  shall be for 20-40
       minutes* depending on the contration  of nitrogen oxides  in the
       sample stream.

141119 SAMPLE ANALYSIS:  Measure total  liquid  volume  collected  in the
       Impingers.   Prepare an aliquot for analysis  containing 10-100 ugm
       of nitrite.   The aliquot may  require  dilution  with unreacted
       absorption  solution or may be used directly.   The aliquot should
       not exceed  7.0  ml.  If preferred,  all three  impingers may
       be combined to  form a composite, thereby requiring only  a single
       analysis.

       Transfer aliquot to a graduated 50 ml erlenmeyer flask with
       screw cap top.   Acidify with  0.8 N sulfuric  acid using 1 ml of
       acid per ml  of  aliquot, and let stand for  10 minutes.  Heat
       sample to 50-60°C on a hot plate.   Add  oxalic  acid solution, using
       1 ml per ml  of  aliquot and add 0.5 ml excess.   Let stand, shaking
       occasionally, until solution  becomes  colorless.  This may take
       up to five  minutes.  Cool to  room temperature  and dilute to
       30.0 ml mark with distilled water. A reagent  blank  containing
       2.0 ml of absorption solution should  be run  with each batch of
       samples. Add to the samples  and reagent blank one Nitra Ver
       pillow reagent  and shake for  2 minutes  on  a  mechanical shaker or  by
       hand.  Let  stand for at least 5 minutes, but no longer than 30
       minutes, and read in spectrophotometer  at  525  mu with 10 mm cells,
       setting the reagent blank at  100% T.

141120 PREPARATION OF  STANDARD CURVE.  Weigh and  dissolve 0.220 .gms of
       potassium nitrate in 1 liter  of distilled  water.  Dilute 1-5 to
       make a working  standard of 20 ugm N02/ml.

       Prepare a series of standards containing 1,  2, 3, 4  and  5.0 ml  of
       the standard solution added to 2.0 ml of the absorbing solution.
       Proceed as  described under sample analysis to  prepare standard
       curve.

141121 CALCULATION.
       ppm NOX as N0£  z            Total  ugm N02
                           1.88xsample volume (in liers)
                                    -73-

-------
                                    DIVISION 16
(50.2)   SULFUR CONTENT OF FUELS

         A person shall not burn  any liquid  or solid  fuel having a sulfur content
         1n excess of 0.55& by weight.

         The provisions of this rule shall not apply  to:

              (a)  The burning of sulfur, hydrogen  sulfide, add sludge or other
                   compounds used in the manufacture  of  sulfur or sulfur
                   compounds.

              (b)  The use of liquid or solid  fuels to propel any motor vehicle,
                   aircraft, missile,  boat or  ship.

              (c)  The use of liquid or solid  fuels which do not cause the
                   emission of more than 300 parts  per million (by volume) of
                   sulfur dioxide from any source operation.

         Compliance with this regulation shall not  exempt any person  from.the
         requirements of Section  3121  of Regulation 2, or any other applicable
         Sections of Regulations  2 or 3.

                                    DIVISION 17

(51.21)  REDUCTION OF ANIMAL MATTER

         A person shall not operate or use any article,  machine, equipment or
         other contrivance for the reduction of animal matter unless  all gases,
         vapors and gas-entrained effluents  from such an article, machine,
         equipment or other contrivance are:

              (a)  Incinerated at a temperature of  not less than 1200 degrees
                   Fahrenheit for a period of  not less than 0.3 seconds, or

              (b)  Processed in a manner which is equally or more effective
                   than (a) above for the purpose of  air pollution odor control,
                   as determined  by the Air  Pollution Control Officer or by
                   experimental operations under provisions of Section 1214 of
                   this Regulation.

         A person 1ncineratJ[ng_or processing gases, vapors or gas-entrained..
                                            -74-

-------
         effluents  pursuant to this  rule shall provide, properly Install and
         maintain 1n  calibration,  in good working order and in operation, devices
         as specified by  the Air Pollution Control Officer for Indicating
         temperature, pressure or  other operating conditions.

         For the purpose  of this rule, "reduction" is defined as any heated
         process Including rendering, cooking, drying, dehydrating, digesting,
         evaporating  and  protein concentrating.

         The provisions of this  rule shall not apply to any article, machine,
         equipment or other contrivance used exclusively  for the processing
         of food for  human consumption.

                                  DIVISION 18

(51.8)    ASPHALT AIR  BLOWING

         A person shall not operate  or use any article, machine, equipment or
         other contrivance for the air blowing of asphalt unless all gases, vapors
         and gas-entrained effluents from such an article, machine, equipment
         or other contrivance  are:

              (a)  Incinerated at  temperatures of not less than 1400 degrees
                   Fahrenheit  for  a  period of not less than 0.3 seconds, or

              (b)  Processed in  a  manner which is equally or more  effective than
                   (a) above for the purpose of  air pollution odor control,
                   as determined by  the A1r Pollution Control Officer  or by
                   experimental  operations under provisions of Section 1214
                   of this regulation.

         A person Incinerating or  processing gases, vapors or gas-entrained
         effluents pursuant to this  rule shall provide,  properly install and
         maintain in  calibration,  In good working order  and In operation devices
         as specified by the A1r Pollution Control Officer for indicating
         temperature, pressure or  other operating conditions.


         A REGULATION OF THE BAY AREA AIR  POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT
         REGULATING REACTIVE ORGANIC GAS  EMISSIONS.1-

          'Bold-face type 1s_used_throuqhout this Regulation to indicate words
         defined in  either  Division 1 or 2.   Except as  otherwise  specifically.  ...
         defined in this Regulation  and except where  the context otherwise
         indicates, words used in  this  Regulation are used in exactly  the same
         sense as the same words are used  in Chapter  2.5, Division 20, of the
         Health and Safety Code  of the State of  California.
                                            -75-

-------
                                        REGULATION  3

(2.0)                                DIVISION  1  - SCOPE


(2.0)     CHAPTER 1  - APPLICATION OF THIS  REGULATION

          1101   This Regulation shall  apply,  except  as excluded In Chapter 2,
                 Division 1,  to emission of reactive  organic gases  from the
                 source operations defined 1n  Division 3,  and to the registration
                 of each person responsible for organic gas emissions,  for which
                 limits are established by this Regulation.

          1102   Person means any natural  person, a corporation, government agency,
                 public officer, association,  joint venture, partnership or any
                 combination  of such, jointly  or separately, operating  in concert
                 for any common objective  related to  the purposes of this Regu-
                 lation.  It  includes the  owner, lessor, lessee, tenant, licensee,
                 manager, and operator, or any of such, of any emission point or
                 any source operation related  thereto, or of any interest in such
                 emission point or source  operation.

(2.0)     CHAPTER 2 - EXCLUSIONS FROM APPLICATION OF  THIS REGULATION

          1200   This Regulation does not  apply to  emissions arising from the
                 source operations listed  in Section  1201  through 1217.*

          1201   Aircraft, and vehicles as defined  by the Vehicle Code  of the
                 State of California, and  the  filling of fuel tanks attached to
                 such equipment.

          1202   Internal combustion engines of less  than 1500 cubic inches
               - displacement; or any engine used solely as a standby source of
                 motive power.

          1203   Source operations utilized exclusively in connection with any
                 structure designed and used exclusively as a dwelling  for not
                 more than two families, provided that this exclusion does not
                 apply to the application  of a building finish.

          1204   Source operations or emission points or emissions  where all of
                 the requirements of Sections  1204.1, 1204.2, and 1204.3 are met.

          1204.1 The air contaminants shall be purposely emitted for the sole
                 purpose of a specific  beneficial use of a major portion of such
                 air contaminants; and

       "  *The Control  Officer may, require  real strati on. of sources  listed under
          "Section 1212 through 1217. '
                                            -76-

-------
1204.2   Essentially all  of the air contaminants  shall  be  confined to
         the area in which such beneficial  use is obtained;  and

1204.3   The quantity and nature of the air contaminants,  and the  propor-
         tion of air contaminants used in relation to amounts of other
         materials involved in the beneficial  use of air contaminants,
         shall conform to accepted practice in the type of use employed.

1205     Experimental operations where all  of the requirements of
         Sections 1205.1, 1205.2 and 1205.3 are met.

1205.1   The purpose of the operation and the need for the exception
         arises from investigation, experiment or research to advance
         the state of knowledge or to improve technique; and

1205.2   The Control Officer has given express prior approval which
         shall include limitation of time;  and

1205.3   The Health Officer having jurisdiction has been consulted and
         has concurred in all terms of the exclusion.

1206     Open outdoor fires which meet the requirements of Section 3,
         Regulation 1; and fires used only for recreational  purposes,
         residential heating, or occasional cooking of food for human
         beings, where such use is accomplished in a fireplace or
         barbecue pit.

1207     Laboratory equipment used exclusively for chemical  or physical
         analyses or experimentation.

1208     Any emission point which is not an intended opening, and from
         which no significant quantities of air contaminants are
         emitted.

1209     Smoke generators which are intentionally operated for purposes
         of training observers in observing the shade or opacity of
         emissions under Division 3 of Regulation 2.

1210     Incineration and salvage operations as defined and regulated
         in Regulation 2.

1211     Any  internal combusion engine using natural gas as fuel.

1212     Any  source operation except application  of building finishes
         which emits less than 10 pounds per day of reactive organic
 *       gases or less than 20 pounds per day of organic gases.
                                  -77-

-------
         1213   Reactive organic  gas  emissions to  the workroom atmosphere which
                are limited so  that concentrations  1n the breathing zone are less
                than the maximum  allowable concentration (MAC) published In the
                General  Industry  Safety Orders of  the Division of Industrial
                Safety of the State of California  Department of  Industrial
                Relations.

         1214   Any source operation  1n which the  reactive organic compounds are
                less than 5% by volume of the organic compounds  in the organic
                gas emissions.

         1215   Any source operation  or group of source operations which are
                related  to each other by being a part of a continuous process, or
                a series of operations on the same process material, for which
                emissions of reactive organic gases are reduced  at least 85%
                overall.

         1216   Emissions from  storage in or loading into any tank having a
                capacity of less  than 2,000  gallons which was installed prior
                to the date of  adoption of this  Regulation or any underground
                tank installed  prior  to date of  adoption of this section where
                the fill line between the fill connection and tank Is offset.

         1217   Loading  of an organic liquid into  any stationary storage or
                vehicular fuel  tank having a capacity of 285 gallons or less.


(1.0)                        DIVISION 2 -   DEFINITIONS

         2000   The following definitions are adopted for the purposes of this
              . Regulation.

         2001   85% overall means the degree of  control which results in 85%
                reduction 1n the  quantity of the reactive organic compounds which
                would otherwise be emitted.  85% overall reduction of reactive
                organic  compound  emissions may be  achieved even  though control of
                some Individual source operations  may be less than 85% efficient,
                determined as described in Chapter 13, Division  6.

         2002   Air pollution abatement operation  means any operation which has
                as Its essential  purpose a significant reduction in (a) the
                emission of air contaminants, or (b) the effect  of such emission.

         2003   Aldehydes mean  organic compounds which contain a terminal
                carbonyl group.

         2004   Atmosphere means  the  air that surrounds the earth, and includes
                                            -78-

-------
      the general  volume of gases  contained within  any building  or
      structure but excludes both:
                       i
           (a)   The gases contained in any building or structure
                specifically designed for and used  as  part of an air
                pollution abatement operation or in a  piece of        :
                processing or operating equipment,  or  in  any building
                from which no significant portion of the  air contaminants
                contained therein  escapes; and

           (b)   The gases traveling from a source operation to a
                collection system,  provided  such collection system
                collects the air contaminants discharged  by such
                source operation to such a degree that no significant
                portion thereof escapes collection, and provided further
                that such collection system  emits all  collected  gases
                through a Type "A"  emission  point.

2005   Barrel means 42 U.S. gallons.

2006   Building finish means any.paint, .lacquer..varnish  or other surface
 '' '   "coating material to. be used for_ residential  or  commercial buildings
       and their appurtenances, or for industrial buildings.

2007   Quantity per calendar day means the quantity per calendar year
       divided by 365.

2008   Combustion means the rapid  exothermic reaction  of  any material
       with oxygen.

2009   Complying industrial surface coating  means any  paint, lacquer,
      • varnish, ink adhesive or other surface coating  material,  which
       emits to the atmosphere organic compounds which on condensation
       contain 20% by volume or less of reactive organic  compounds.
       Water shall be included in  the calculation as described in
       61206.  Acceptable test methods are described in Division 6.

2010   Complying solvent means any organic solvent  which  emits to the
       atmosphere organic compounds which on condensation contain 8%
       by volume or less of reactive organic compounds, provided that an
       additional 12% by volume of the organic compounds  from the
       emission may be mono-substituted aromatic organic  compounds.
       Water shall be included In  the calculation as described in 61206.
       Acceptable test methods are described in Division  6.

20*11   Complying surface coating means any paint, lacquer, varnish,  ink,
       adhesive or other surface coating material,  which  emits to the
       atmosphere organic compounds which on condensation contain 8% by
                                   -79-

-------
       volume or less of reactive organic compounds provided that an
       additional  12% by volume of the organic compounds  from the   :
       emission may be mono-substituted aromatic organic  compounds.
       Water shall be included in the calculation as described in
       61206.  Acceptable test methods are described in Division  6.

2012   Containing device means any stack, duct,  flue, oven kettle or
       other structure or device which so contains an air contaminant,
       or which so contains an effluent which contains or may contain
       an air contaminant, as essentially to prevent its  entering the
       atmosphere except through such openings as may be  incorporated
       for that purpose in the containing device; and excludes equip-
       ment used for air pollution abatement operations,  and any  other
       device which significantly changes the nature, extent, quantity,
       or degree of air contaminants in the effluent or in which  such
       change does or has a natural tendency to occur.

2013   Effluent means 'the total volume of gases or liquids emitted
       from an emission point.
         •
2014   Emission means the act of passing into the atmosphere an
       air contaminant or an effluent which contains or may contain  an
       air contaminant; or the material so passed to the  atmosphere.

2015   Emission point means the location (place in the horizontal plane
       and vertical elevation) at which an emission enters the atmos-
       phere.

2016   Halogenated organic compounds mean compounds which contain carbon
       hydrogen and halogen, or carbon, hydrogen and halogen in combin-
       ation with any other element.

2017   Head space means the gas space above an organic liquid.

2018   Head space reactivity of an organic liquid means that concentration
       in percent by volume of reactive organic compounds which would
       exist in a gas in equilibrium with the organic liquid at 14.7 psia
       and at that liquid temperature which exists in the source  operation.
       Acceptable test methods are described in Division  6.

2019   Hydrocarbon means compounds which contain carbon and hydrogen.

2020   Industrial user means a person in charge of a source operation
       who applies surface coatings to a product as part  of the
       manufacture, processing or reprocessing of such product, or
       utilizes volatile organic compounds in manufacture, formulation,
       processing or other business or commercial activities; but does
       not include any person applying a building finish  to a building
       or structure.
                                    -80-

-------
2021   011-water separator means any device or operation which has
       as Its principal purpose separation of liquid organic compounds
       from an oil-water waste.

2022   Olefin means any organic compound containing one or more carbon-
       carbon double bonds in the molecule, but does not Include
       benzene, benzene derivatives, or organic compounds 1n which all
       oleflnic groups contain 3 or more halogen atoms.

2023   Operation means any physical action resulting 1n a change In the
       location, form or physical properties of a material, or any
       chemical action resulting 1n a change In the chemical composition
       or chemical or physical properties of a material.  The following
       are given as examples, without limitation of the generality of the
       foregoing: heat transfer, calcination, double decomposition,
       fermentation, pyrolysis, electrolysis, combustion, material    •!
       handling, evaporation, mixing, absorption, filtration, screening
       and fluidization.

2024   Organic compound means any compound containing carbon and
       hydrogen, or carbon and hydrogen in combination with any other
       element.

2025   Organic gases are organic compounds which are emitted to the
       atmosphere as gases or which exist as gases after being emitted
       to the atmosphere.

2026   Organic liquids means all organic compounds which would exist
       as liquids at standard conditions, when their liquid and vapor
       phases are 1n equilibrium.

2027   'Organic solvents means organic liquids which are used as
       diluents, thinners, dlssolvers, viscosity reducers, cleaning
       agents, or for other similar uses, but does not Include those
       used as fuels, antiseptics or anesthetics.

2028   Oxygenated organic compounds means compounds containing carbon,
       hydrogen and oxygen, or carbon, hydrogen and oxygen in combination
       with any other element.

2029   Person  1s defined 1n Section 1102, Chapter 1, Division 1, of this
       Regulation.

2030   ppm means parts per million by volume (v/v), expressed as standard
       dry cubic foot of gas.

2031   psia means pounds per square inch absolute.
                                     -81-

-------
2032   Reactive organic compounds means all  olefins,  substituted
       aromatics, and aldehydes.   Acceptable test methods are
       described in Division 6.

2033   Reid vapor pressure means  the pressure determined according
       to the American Society for Testing and Materials method,
       ASTM - Designation: 0323-58.

2034   Significant dimension of an area means the square root of the
       numerical value of the area.

2035   Source operation means the last operation preceding the
       emission of an air contaminant, which operation (a) results
       in the separation of the air contaminant from the process
       materials or in the conversion of the process  material into
       air contaminants, as in the case of combustion of fuel; and
       (b) is not an air pollution abatement operation.

2036   Standard conditions means  a pressure  of 14.7 psia and a
       temperature of 6tf* F.

2037   Standard cubic foot of gas means that amount of gas which would
       occupy a cube having dimensions of one foot on each side, if
       the gas were at standard conditions;  calculation to determine the
       number of standard cubic feet corresponding to actual measured
       conditions shall follow accepted engineering practice.

2038   Standard dry cubic foot of gas means  that amount of the gas which
       would occupy a cube having dimensions of one foot on each side, if
       the gas were free of water vapor and  at standard conditions;
      . calculation to determine the number of standard dry cubic feet
       corresponding to actual measured conditions shall follow accepted
       engineering practice.

2039   A submerged fill pipe means any fill  pipe or discharge nozzle
       which meets any one of the following  conditions:

            (a)   The bottom of the discharge pipe or nozzle is below
                  the surface of  liquid in the receiving vessel for at
                  least 95% of the volume filled.

            (b)   The bottom of the discharge pipe or nozzle is less
                  than 6 inches from the bottom of the receiving vessel.

            (c)   The bottom of the discharge pipe or nozzle is less
                  than 2 pipe or  nozzle diameters from the bottom of
                  the receiving vessel.
                                   -82-

-------
                     (d)    Other conditions acceptable to the Air  Pollution
                           Control  Officer.

         2040   Substituted aromatics means organic compounds which contain  the
                benzene ring configuration and  one or more  substltuents  on the
                benzene ring.   Compounds containing only halogen atoms on the
                benzene ring and benzene are  not  Included 1n the definition.

         2041   Total  "carbon".   Organic compounds calculated as total "carbon"
                shall  be determined as  follows:                        ~

                     (a)    Total "carbon" of  an Individual  organic compound
                           1s equal to  the ppm  of that compound  In the effluent
                           multiplied by the  number of carbon atoms present  1n
                           the molecule.

                     (b)    Total "carbon" 1n  an effluent 1s the  sum of the total
                           "carbon" of  all of the Individual organic  compounds
                           present 1n the effluent.  Methane shall not be
                           Included 1n  the calculation of total  "carbon".

        .2042   Type "A"  emission point means an  opening of reasonable regular
                geometry, preceded by a containing device which  as a  minimum
                length six times the significant  dimension  of the  emission point
                and within such minimum length; has a reasonable straight gas
                flow channel; has smooth interior surfaces; has  area  and geometry
                essentially constant and equal  to the emission point; and does
                not cause a significant change  in the gross direction of gas flow.

         2043   Type "B" emission point means any emission  point not  qualifying
               .under Section 2042 as a Type  "A"  emission point.

         2044   Vapor pressure means the pressure exerted by the vapors  released
                from an organic compound at any given temperature. Vapor
                pressure by reference to Figures  1, sure may be  determined from   :
                Reid vapor pressure by  reference  to Figures 1, 2,  3,  4,  and  5
                of API Bulletin 2518, "Evaporation Loss from Fixed Roof  Tanks."


(2.0)                                DIVISION  3
                            GENERAL LIMITATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

         3000   This division applies to all  source operations unless such source
                operation is excluded under Chapter 2, Division  1, of this
                Regulation.
                                             =83-

-------
(2.0)     CHAPTER 1  - GENERAL LIMITATIONS

         3101   Except as otherwise provided 1n Chapter 2,  Division  1,  and
                Chapters 1  and 3,  Division 3, no person shall  cause,  let, permit
                suffer, or allow an emission of an  effluent containing  a
                concentration of more than 50 ppm of organic compounds
                calculated as hexane (or 300 ppm total  "carbon").

         3102   Compliance with any of sections 3102.1  through 3102.6 shall  be
                deemed to be 1n compliance with Section 3101.   Showing  of such
                compliance by the  person responsible for an organic  gas emission
                shall Include applicable portions and/or calculation  procedures
                contained  1n API  Bulletin 2514, "Evaporation  Loss from Tank
                Cars, Tank Trucks  and Marine Vessels"  in API Bulletin 2517,
                "Evaporation Loss  from Floating Roof Tanks," and API  Bulletin
                2518, "Evaporation Loss from Fixed  Roof Tanks."

         3102.1  Organic gas emissions from a stationary storage tank  of equal to
                or less than 1,000 barrels capacity and containing organic  liquids
                with a vapor pressure greater than  1.5 psla under actual storage
                conditions, and a  head space reactivity greater than  5% shall not
                exceed that rate at which organic gases whould be emitted -if the
                tank were filled through a submerged fill pipe.

         3102.2 Organic gas emissions calculated as a liquid from a  facility
                loading more than  25,000 gallons per calendar  day of organic
                liquids with a Reid vapor pressure  greater than 4 and a head space
                reactivity greater than 5% Into transportable  containers larger
                than 100 gallons capacity shall not exceed 0.01% of  the volume
                loaded.

         3102.3'Organic gas emissions from a facility loading  between 500 and
                25,000 gallons per calendar day of  organic liquids with a Reid
                vapor pressure greater than 4 and a head space reactivity greater
                than 5% into transportable containers larger than 10 gallons
                capacity shall not exceed that amount which would be  emitted if
                the containers were filled through  a submerged fill  pipe.

         3102.4 Organic gas emissions from a stationary storage tank  which  has a
                storage capacity greater than 1,000 barrels, and which  contains
                organic liquid having a vapor pressure under actual  storage
                conditions greater than 1.5 psla but equal  to  or less than  11 psia
                and a head space reactivity greater than 5%, shall not  exceed that
                amount of organic  gas emission which the same  tank,  containing
                the same organic liquid, would emit 1f equipped with  a  floating
                roof in good condition.  Such organic gas emissions  shall be
                calculated according to API Bulletin 2517,  "Evaporation Loss from
                                            -84-

-------
       Floating Roof Tanks,"  or shall  be  calculated by applicable
       procedures acceptable  to the Control  Officer where  API Bulletin
       2517 procedures are not valid.

3102.5 Organic gas emissions  from a stationary storage tank which  has
       storage capacity greater than 1,000 barrels  and which contains
       organic liquid having  a vapor pressure under actual  storage
       conditions greater than 11.0 psla  and a head space  reactivity
       greater than 5%, shall not exceed  that amount of organic gas
       emission which the same tank, containing the same organic liquid
       would emit 1f 1t were  storing an organic liquid of .11 psla  vapor
       pressure and were equipped with a  floating roof in.good  condition.
       Such organic gas emission shall be calculated according  to  API
       Bulletin 2517.  "Evaporation Loss  from Floating Roof tanks,"  or
       shall be calculated by applicable  procedures acceptable  to  the
       Control Officer in .cases where API Bulletin  2517 procedures are
       not valid.

3102.6 Organic gas emissions, calculated  as  a liquid, from an oil-
       water separator processing more than  200 gallons per calendar day
       of organic liquid having a temperature of 401°F or  less  at  the
       10% point recovered when distilled by ASTM Method D86-56,  and
       having a head space reactivity greater than  5%, shall not exceed
       0.2% of the volume of organic liquid  recovered by the oil-water
       separator.

3103   Except as provided 1n  Section 3103.1  or 3103.2, no  person shall
       sell, or offer for sale, for delivery to a buyer for use within  the
       Bay Area Air Pollution Control  District, 1n  containers of one
       quart capacity or larger, any surface coating or organic
       solvent that does not meet the requirements  of a complying  surface
       coating or a complying solvent.

3103.1 Surface coatings or solvents which are held  for sale or  shipment
       to an industrial user are exempt from the provisions of  Section
       3103 provided the seller submits to the Bay  Area Air Pollution
       Control District the names and addresses of  customers who make
       unit purchases of surface coatings or solvents other than
       complying surface coatings or complying solvents in 55 gallon
       drums, in larger containers, or in bulk, within the Bay  Area  Air
       Pollution Control District.  Information disclosed  to the Bay Area
       Air Pollution Control  District by sellers pursuant  to this  section
       shall be treated as "official information" pursuant to Evidence
       Code, Section 1040.       .              .

3103.2 Organic solvents which are held for sale or  shipment to  a user and
                                   -85-

-------
               which are  formulated for dilution by the user prior to use or
               application  so  that the final product as diluted will be a
               complying  solvent, are exempt from the provisions of Section 3103,
               provided that labeling is to that effect.

         3103.3 No person  shall, without meeting the limitations and requirements
               of this Regulation, employ, use, apply, evaporate, or dry any
               surface coating or organic solvent purchased in containers of
               one quart  capacity or larger, unless the surface coating or solvent
               is 1n compliance with the standards for a complying surface
               coating or a compying solvent.

         3103.4 No person  shall, without meeting the limitations and requirements
               of this Regulation, thin..pr dilute any paint, lacquer, varnish,
               Ink, adhesive,  or other surface coating material or any organic
               solvent with any material so that after dilution it will not be
               a complying  surface coating or a complying solvent; provided that
               this section shall not apply to an industrial user using complying
               industrial surface coating, nor to the manufacture of paint,
               lacquer, varnish, Ink, adhesive, or other surface coating material
               or to the  manufacture of solvent.

         3103.5 A person who uses 1n an operation only complying surface coating,
               or complying solvent, or an industrial user who uses In an
               operation  only  complying Industrial surface coating is not required
               to meet the  requirements of Sections 3101 and 3103.3 for that
               operation.  This Section shall not apply to the use of surface
               coating where heat is applied if emissions from such use contain
               more than  5  ppm of aldehydes expressed as formaldehyde.

         3103.6 A label or mark placed on the container by the manufacturer that
               a surface  coating or an organic solvent is a complying surface
               coating, a complying industrial surface coating, or a complying
               solvent within  the meaning of this Regulation shall be prima
               facie evidence  of the fact stated in the label or mark.

(2.0)     CHAPTER  2 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

         3201   SAMPLING FACILITIES - The person responsible for emission of air
               contaminants, from any emission point, for which emission limits
               are established in this Regulation shall, upon request of the
               Control Officer, provide in connection with such emission point
               and related  source operations such sampling and testing facilities,
               exclusive  of Instruments and sensing devices, as may be necessary
               for proper determination of the nature, extent, and quantity and
               degree  of  air contaminants which are or may be emitted as a
               result  of  such  operation.  Such facilities may be either permanent
                                           -86-

-------
        or temporary,  at the discretion of the  person  responsible  for
        their provision; shall  be suitable for  determinations  consistent
        with the emission limits established in this Regulation; and
        shall comply with all  applicable laws arid  regulations  concerning
        safe construction or safe practice in connection with  such
        facilities.

3202    REGISTRATION  - Except as excluded by Section  1200  through 1211,
        Chapter 2,  Division 1,  and excepted by  Chapter 3, Division 3
        of this Regulation each person responsible for emission of organic
        gases shall  register with the Control Officer:   (1)  his business
        name, (2) address, (3)  name of the responsible managing officer,
        (4) a description of the business entity,  and  (5) the  nature
        of the business.  He shall maintain such registration  in current
        status by notifying the Control Officer of a significant change
        1n any item of information furnished 1n compliance  with this
        Section.  He shall thereafter provide,  on  registration forms,
        provided by the Control Officer,  any relevant information
        regarding such emission as may be required. Every  person
        regulated by this Regulation may be served with notices, including
        notices of hearing before the Hearing Board, by certified  mall,
        addressed to the address contained in the  registration card on file
        with the Control Officer.

3203    UPSET CONDITIONS, BREAKDOWN OR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE -
        Emissions exceeding any of the limits established in this
        Regulation as  a direct result of upset  conditions in or
        breakdown of any air pollution abatement equipment  or related
        operating equipment, or as a direct result of  the shutdown of
      •  such equipment for scheduled maintenance,  shall not be deemed to
        be 1n violation of the rules establishing  such limits, provided
        all the requirements of this Section 3203, to  wit,  Sections 3203.1
        through 3203.3 are met.

3203.1  Such occurrence shall have been reported to the offices of the
        District as soon as reasonably possible; for scheduled
        maintenance, such report shall be submitted at least 24 hours prior
        to shutdown; and for upset conditions or breakdown, such report
        shall in any case be made within four hours of the  occurrence.

3203.2  Section 3203 shall not apply to scheduled  maintenance  of air  pol-
        lution abatement equipment except in those cases where the
        maximum reasonable effort, including off-.shift labor where
        required, has been made to accomplish such maintenance during
        periods of non-operation of any related source operations.
                                   -87-

-------
         3203.3 The person responsible for such emission shall, with all
               practicable speed, Intiate and complete appropriate reason-
               able action to correct the conditions causing such emissions
               to exceed said limits; to reduce the frequency of occurrence
               of such conditions; to minimize the amount by which said
               limits are exceeded; and to reduce the length of time for
               which said limits are exceeded; and shall, upon request of the
               Control Officer, submit to the Control Officer a full report
               of such occurrence, Including a statement of all known causes
               and of the scheduling and nature of the actions to be taken
               pursuant to this Section 3203.3.

         3204  SEPARATION OF EMISSIONS - If air contaminants from a single
               source operation are emitted through two or more emission points,
               the total emitted quantity of any air contaminant, limited in this.
               Regulation, shall not exceed the quantity which would be the allow-
               able emission through a single emission point; and the total
               emitted quantity of any such air contaminant shall be taken as  the
               product of the highest concentration measured in any of the
               emission points and the effluent through all emission points,
               unless the person responsible for-the source operation establishes
               a more accurate determination of the total quantity of emissions.

         3205  COMBINATION OF EMISSIONS

         3205.1 If air contaminants from two or more source operations are combined
               prior to emission and there are adequate and reliable means
               reasonably susceptible to confirmation and use by the Control
               Officer for establishing a separation of the components of the
               • combined emission to indicate the nature,extent, quantity and
               degree of emission arising from each such source operation, this
               Regulation shall apply to each such source operation separately.

         3205.2 If air contaminants from two or more source operations are com-
               bined prior to emission and the combined emissions cannot be
               separated according to the requirements of 3205.1,this Regulation
               shall be applied to the combined emission as if 1t originated in a
               single source operation subject to the most stringent limitations  and
               requirements  placed by this Regulation on any source operations
               whose air contaminants are so combined.

(9.0)  (7.0)     CHAPTER 3 - EXCEPTED SOURCE OPERATIONS TO CONFORM TO MODERN
               MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING PRACTICES

         3300  Emissions from the following listed source operations and
               equipment shall be subject to this Section 3300 and to all of
               Division 4 and to no other part of this Regulation, provided that

-------
        emissions are minimized by modern maintenance and operating
        practices used by superior operators of like equipment and
        which may reasonably be applied under the circumstances.   This
        Section 3300 shall not require such source operations and
        equipment to meet emission limitations more restrictive than :
        the limits which would apply if they were not excepted by this
        Chapter 3.

3301    The following equipment:

3301 1  presses used for the curing of rubber products and plastic
        products.

3301.2  Ovens used exclusively for the curing of plastics which are
        concurrently being vacuum held to a mold or for the softening
        or annealing of plastics.

3301.3  Ovens used exclusively for the curing of vinyl plastlsols by the
        closed mold curing process.

3301.4  Equipment used exclusively for the melting or applying of.wax.

3301.5  Equipment used exclusively for the packaging of lubricants and
        greases.

3301.6  Equipment used exclusively for the manufacture of water emul-
        sions of waxes, greases or oils.

3301.7  Vacuum producing devices in laboratory operations or which are
        used exclusively 1n connection with other equipment which is
      •  excluded or excepted by this Regulation.

3301.8  Vacuum producing devices which do not remove or convey air
        contaminants from another source.

3301.9  Equipment used exclusively to compress or hold natural gas.

3301.10 Equipment and processing plant equipment used for the purpose
        of preparing food for human consumption where no organic solvents
        are used.

3301.11 Porcelain enameling furnaces, porcelain enameling drying ovens,
        vitreous enameling furnaces or vitreous enamel drying ovens.

3301.12 All printing presses other than rotogravure printing presses.

3301.13 Equipment used exclusively for bonding lining to brake shoes.
                                   -89-

-------
3301.14  Equipment used for hydraulic and hydrostatic testing.

3301.15  Cold reduction equipment used in metal  forming.

3301.16  Ovens and furnaces used for heat treating and annealing metals.

3301.17  Oil quench tanks used for tempering heated metals.

3301.18  Crucible type or pot type furnaces with a brimful capacity of
         less than 450 cubic inches of molten metal.

3301.19  Space heating and heat transfer operations using gas fuel and
         rated at less than one million Btu's per hour.

3301.20  Equipment used exclusively for steam cleaning.

3301.21  Internal combustion engines equal to or greater than 1500 cubic
         inches displacement.

3302     The following equipment or any exhaust system or collector serving
         exclusively such equipment:

3302.1   Ovens used exclusively for curing potting materials or for
         castings made with epoxy resins.

3302.2   Equipment used for compression molding or injection molding of
         plastics.

3302.3   Dipping operations for coating objects with oils, waxes, or
         greases.

3302.4   Dipping operations for applying coatings of natural or synthetic
         resins which contain no organic solvents.

3302.5   Unheated solvent dispensing containers, unheated solvent rinsing
         containers, or unheated coating dip tanks, all of 100 gallons
         capacity or less.

3302.6   Kilns used for firing ceramic ware, heated exclusively by natural
         gas, liquefied petroleum gas, electricity or any combination
         thereof.

3302.7   Shell core and shell molding machines.

3302.8   Die casting machines.
                                   -90-

-------
3302.9  Laboratory equipment used exclusively for chemical  or physical
        analyses and bench scale laboratory equipment.

3303    Containers, reservoirs,  or tanks  used exclusively  for the
        storage of organic liquid normally used as solvents,  diluents,
        or thlnners, Inks, colorants,  paints, lacquers,  enamels,  var-
        nishes, liquid resins or other surface coatings  and having a
        capacity of 6,000 gallons or less.

3304    Valves.

3305    Flanges.

3306    Relief valves.

3307    Pump and compressor seals.

3308    Blind changing.

3309    Cooling towers.

3310    Crude oil production operations.

3311    Tank trucks, tank cars,  and marine vessels except when being
        loaded with organic liquid.

3312    Loading of organic liquid with Reid vapor pressure less than
        4.0 Into transportable containers.

3313    Loading of organic liquid with a head space reactivity of 5%
        or less Into transportable containers.

3314    Loading of 500 gallons per calendar day or less  of organic liquid
        Into transportable containers.

3315    Loading of organic liquid Into transportable containers of 10
        gallons capacity or less.

3316    Storage tanks containing organic liquid with a vapor pressure
        equal to or less than 1.5 psia under actual storage conditions.

3317    Storage tanks containing organic liquid with a head space
        reactivity of 5% or less.

3318    Oil-water separators recovering 200 gallons or less per calendar
        day of organic liquid.
                                    -91-

-------
          3319    Oil-water separators recovering organic liquid with head space
                  reactivity of 5% or less.

          3320    Loading of railroad tank cars.

          3321    Loading of marine vessels.

          3322    The  spraying or other employment of agricultural chemicals
                  and  pesticides.

.(2.0)                                 DIVISION 4
                                    GENERAL PROVISIONS

 (6.0)     CHAPTER 1  -  TIME  FOR COMPLIANCE

          4101.     This regulation  shall be in full  force on January  4,  1968.

          4102     A  reasonable time for compliance with  this regulation shall
                   be allowed by  the Control  Officer provided that persons
                   responsible for  any emission not  in compliance  with  this
                   regulation submit reports to the  Control  Officer at  his
                   request which  are acceptable to him, and  which  give  the  .
                   expected  time  for compliance, the  intended method  of
                   compliance, and  the progress towards compliance.

          4103     Persons responsible for emissions  which will  not be  in compli-
                   ance with this regulation on January 4, 1968, and  for which
                   emissions a reasonable  time for compliance beyond  such date
                   1s required, shall  comply with Section 4102 by  October 4,  1967.

          4104     Time for  compliance shall  include  each of the following:
                 •  Time for  engineering, time for procurement, time for
                   fabrication, and time for Installation and adjustment. The
                   Control Officer  may require such  periodic reports  on  each
                   phase of  progress toward compliance.   Failure at any phase
                   to make reasonable progress toward completion of such Install-
                   ations as are  required  for final  compliance shall  be  deemed  an
                   unreasonable delay in compliance.

   (2.0)           CHAPTER 2 - GENERAL

          4201     Nothing in this  regulation authorizes  or  is intended to
                   authorize any  practice  or combination  of  practices intended
                   or designed to evade or circumvent the basic  requirements
                   of this regulation.

           4202     Nothing In this  regulation 1s Intended to permit any practice
                   which is  a violation of any statute, ordinance, rule  or
                   regulation.
                                              -92-

-------
4203    This regulation Is not Intended to apply to the quality
        requirements for the work room atmosphere necessary to protect
        an employee's health from contaminants emitted fay his  employer;
        nor 1s It concerned with the occupational health factors  1n
        an employer-employee relationship, provided that this  shall
        not exempt any person from meeting the requirements of the
        Division of Industrial Safety of the Department of Industrial
        Relations of the State of California, published In the  General
        Industry Safety Orders relative to the maximum allowable
        concentration and labeling requirements for such toxic solvents
        as benzene and carbon tetrachloride.  Measurements of  emissions
        taken within a building shall not be used to prove a violation
        of this regulation except Insofar as they are relevant to
        prove the kind, nature, extent, quantity, or degree of air
        contaminants which are or may be emitted to the atmosphere
        outside of the building or to determine compliance with
        Section 3300.

4204    Wherever in this regulation a section makes a requirement for
        emissions, and other provisions of this regulation are less
        restrictive as to emissions under certain conditions or
        operations, proof establishing a prima facie case of violation
        of the most restrictive requirement establishes a rebuttable
        presumption of a violation of this regulation.  The burden of
        producing evidence that a less restrictive requirement or an  ;
        exception applies shall be upon the person seeking to  come
        within such less restrictive provision or exception.

4205    When the person who is the owner of a source operation is not the
        same as the person who 1s the owner of the emission point discharg-
        ing air contaminant which originate in such source operation, the
        person who is the owner of the emission point shall be responsible
        for complying with this regulation.  For the purposes  of this
        Section 4205, "owner" shall Include owner, lessee, tenant,
        licensee, manager or operator, or any of such.

4206    SEVERABILITY - If any provision, clause, sentence, paragraph,
        section or part of this regulation or application thereof to
        any person or circumstance shall for any reason be adjudged by
        a court of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional  or
        invalid, such judgment shall not affect or invalidate  the
        remainder of this regulation and the application of such
        provision to other persons or circumstances, but shall be confined
        in its operation to the provision, clause, sentence, paragraph,
        section or part thereof directly involved 1n the controversy
        1n which such judgment shall have been rendered and ta the person
        or circumstance involved, and it is hereby declared to be the
        intent of the Board of Directors that this regulation  would 	

-------
                   have been  adopted in any case  had  such  invalid  provision  or
                   provisions not been  included.

 (9.0)                        .        DIVISIONS
                   CALCULATION METHODS  AND GENERAL  SAMPLING  PROCEDURES

          5000    Calculation methods and sampling  procedures  prescribed  in  this
                  division are intended to facilitate the  determination of concen-
                  trations or quantities, or both,  of the  various  kinds of air
                  contaminants defined  in Division  2  of this Regulation.   Any
                  method or procedure which provides  for such  determination  with
                  accuracy equal  to or  greater than the prescribed method or
                  procedure shall be acceptable;  provided, that  the  burden of
                  demonstrating such accuracy shall rest upon  the  person  proposing
                  the method  or procedure.

(9.0)      CHAPTER 1 - CALCULATIONS

          5101    Calculations of quantities of emissions  of air contaminants
                  which are reported in ppm concentrations shall be  accomplished
                  by the calculation methods prescribed in this  Chapter 1, or
                  by methods  which yield equivalent or more  accurate results.
                  All calculation methods not specifically prescribed in  this
                  Regulation  shall conform to accepted engineering practice.

          5102    Calculation of area of an opening or containing  device  shall
                  be accomplished by determining  the  area  of a projection of
                  the opening or of the gas passage upon a plane to  which the
                  principal direction of gas flow is  perpendicular.

          5103    Calculation of quantity of emission from a Type  B  emission
                  point shall be the quanity of emission computed  by multiplying
                  the quantity of emission from a test area  by the proportion
                  which the whole area  bears to such  test  area.  Such test area
                  may be taken as the cross sectional area of  the  Inlet to a
                  sample probe.  The emission from any test  area of  a Type "B"
                  emission point shall  be deemed  to be representative in  every
                  respect of  the emissions from the whole  area of  such Type  "B"
                  emission point.  Emissions from the test area  may  be measured
                  at the place and by the procedure which  result in  the highest
                  measurement of air contaminants.  This Section shall not apply
                  1f other sampling and testing facilities which will disclose
                  the nature, extent, quantity, and degree of  air  contaminants
                  are provided by the person responsible for the emission.

 (9.0)    CHAPTER 2 - STANDARD GAS SAMPLING PROCEDURES FOR ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
          IN VENTS AND STACKS
                                             -94-

-------
5201    The following stack sampling procedures shall  be adhered to 1n
        the determination of organic gas emissions.  The controlling
        factor 1n all source test procedures shall  be  that every reason-
        able  effort will be made to obtain and deliver for anlysis
        samples which are truly representative of the  organic gas
        emissions being determined.  Other procedures  may be used if
        such other procedures result In equivalent or  more accurate
        determinations of the organic gas emissions being sampled.

5202    Proper adjustment shall be made 1n the sampling procedure to
        compensate for significant nonhompgenelty in the gas stream,
        so that the sample of the gas stream approaches a representative
        sample.

5203    All sampling lines shall be free of significant leakage > and
        between the sample gas inlet and the sample collection device,
        they shall be as short as 1s compatible with the sampling
        situation and composed of materials  not significantly affecting
        or affected by the constituents of the sample stream.  The
        sampling lines shall be purged thoroughly with the gas to be
        sampled prior to the taking of the sample.

5204    Where liquid filled impingers are used for sampling, two or
        more such impingers shall be connected in series followed by
        a dropout container having a stem thermometer Inside.  These
        devices shall be partially immersed in an Ice-water bath. unless
        noted otherwise.  The Impingers shall be equivalent to the
        Greenburg-Smith impinger in use and result.  Sampling shall
        be at 0.5 cfm and for at least 15 minutes.

5205    Where adsorption devices are used for sample collection, at
        least three shall be used, and the devices shall be connected
        in series, and each device shall contain approximately 20 gms.
        of 10-20 mesh silica gel which has been dried at approximately
        230°F for two hours.  The adsnrption devices shall be
        approximately 1" Inside diameter x 5" length glass tubing.
        Both ends of the silica gel packing shall be plugged with glass
        wool fibers to prevent adsorbent losses.  The samplers shall be
        cooled so as to be maintained at ambient air temperature or
        lower.  Sampling shall be at 0.5 cfm or less, depending on the
        concentration of organic materials, and for at least 30 minutest
        The adsorption devices shall be preceded by a condensing device
      until the third adsorption device becomes warm, whichever might
   be the shortest time.                       '             '•-,..•••
                                   -95-

-------
        to remove excess water and to cool  the sampled effluent to
        65*F or lower.  The condensed water shall  be analyzed for
        organic compound content and the quantity added to the amount
        found in the adsorption devices.

5206    Where an evacuated vessel is used for sample collection, the
        vessel shall be of stainless steel  and 8 to 34 liter capacity.
        The sampler shall have a suitable vacuum-gage indicator.
        Sampling shall be continuous for at least 15 minutes.  The
        sampling rate over the time interval shall be adjusted to be
        proportional to the effluent flow rate so as to obtain a
        representative sample.

5207    Evacuated tanks used for sampling shall be handled in such a
        manner that significant leaks can be detected, and in the event
        of such a leak, the tank shall not be used.

5208    All  equipment used for sampling shall be adequately cleaned
        prior to use.

5209    Adequate precautions will be taken to avoid loss and contamination
        of the sample.

5210    All  sampling lines shall be checked for the presence of conden-
        sates.  If condensation has occurred, adjustments in procedure
        shall be made either to prevent its occurrence or to compensate
        for the condensed material in the sample.

5211    Where impingers or other continuous flow sampling devices are
        used, a gas measuring device placed in series with and down-
       . stream of the samplers shall be used to determine the volume
        of gas sampled.  Pressure and temperature indicators shall be
        installed at appropriate points to indicate sample gas conditions.

5212    Sufficient test data and notes shall be recorded at the time of
        the test by the personnel conducting the sampling to permit
        the determination of emission of air contaminants and to permit
        evaluation of results at a later date.  Data from all portions of
        the sampling devices shall be included in the report.

5213    Where samples are held more than 24 hours before analysis,
        evidence must be presented to show that any deterioration of the
        collected samples prior to analysis would not be significant.

5214    Any procedure or condition prescribed by any other part of
        this Regulation shall be adhered to in any applicable sampling
        test.  At least two tests for a particular organic gas emission
        shall be made. More shall be made if necessary to produce a re-
        presentative sample.


                                     -96-

-------
         5215    Tests for determining compliance with  Section  310V shall  be
                 based on continuous  sampling for not less than 30  consecutive
                 minutes or 90% of the time of actual source operation, which-
                 ever 1s less.

(9.0)     CHAPTER 3 - SAMPLING DEVICES FOR SPECIFIC ORGANIC COMPOUND EMISSIONS

         5301    For total carbonyls, use at least two  1mp1ngers filled with 100
                 ml. of 1% sodium bisulfite solution in each.

         5302    For hydrocarbons, use stainless steel  tanks.  The  sampled
                 effluent shall be dried through a cartridge containing anhy-
                 drous calcium sulfate.

         5303    For oleflns and substituted aromatic compounds, use at least
                 three cartridges, each packed with approximately 20 gms.  of
                 silica gel of 10-20  mesh.  The cartridges are  preceded by a
                 condensing device to remove excess water and to cool the sampled
                 gas stream to 65°F or lower.

         5304    For combustible organic gas emissions, containing  no product
                 of combustion, use a portable gas vapor detector described In
                 Chapter 6, Division  6, to determine the relative organic gas
                 concentrations.  If  such detector Indicates greater than 50
                 ppm as hexane, other prescribed tests  may be made  accordingly.
                 For combustible organic gas emissions  containing products of
                 combustion, use a flame 1on1zat1on detector described in Chapter
                 2, Division 6.

         5305    For organic gas emissions for which no sampling procedure 1s
               •  prescribed, a sampling procedure shall be used which will collect
                 such compounds in the effluent.

(9.0)                                     DIVISION 6
                                   ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

         6000    Analytical procedures prescribed 1n this division  are Intended
                 to facilitate the determination of concentrations  or quantities,
                 or both, of the various kinds of air contaminants  defined in
                 Division 2 of this Regulation.  Any procedure  which provides
                 for such determination with accuracy equal to  or greater than
                 the prescribed procedure shall be acceptable; provided,  that the
                 burden of demonstrating such accuracy  shall rest upon the person
                 proposing the procedure.
(2.0)            CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL OUTLINE

         6100    Organic compounds which come under this Regulation include
                                            -97-

-------
                  olefins,  substituted aromatics  and aldehydes.   Since no single
                  procedure will  measure the concentration of all such compounds
                  which may be present 1n an effluent,  a variety of general
                  analytical'procedures are described in this  Regulation.   For
                  such classes of organic compounds which cannot be determined
                  by the procedures described,  suitable alternate procedures
                  described 1n the chemical  literature  shall  be  used.   For each
                  of the procedures described,  alternate procedures may be used,
                  provided  that such procedures yield equivalent or more  accurate
                  results to the procedure described.

          6100.1   Total concentration of reactive organic gases  1n an  effluent
                  shall be  calculated by adding the concentrations of  the various
                  classes of reactive organic gases which have been found in  the
                  effluent.  Depending on the nature of the reactive organic
                  gases 1n  the effluent, it 1s  necessary to add  the concentrations
                  of olefins, substituted aromatics and aldehydes to arrive at
                  the total concentration of reactive organic gases in the
                  effluent.

(9.0)             CHAPTER 2 - DETERMINATION OF  TOTAL ORGANIC  GASES IN  SAMPLES
                  TAKEN FROM EFFLUENTS.

          6201    SCOPE - This procedure describes a method for  determining total
                  organic gas concentration in  an effluent or 1n samples  which
                  can be collected by filling evacuated containers from an effluent
                  or from a storage tank.

          6202    OUTLINE OF METHOD - Total  organic gas concentration  is  measured
                  by a Flame lonlzation Detector.  Results are reported as total
               .   "carbon," using methane as a  standard.  Methane is measured
                  separately by gas chromatography and  is subtracted from the
                  total organic gas concentration as measured by the Flame lonl-
                  zation Detector.

          6203    DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS - Flame ionization detectors make  use
                  of the principle that when an organic gas 1s Introduced into
                  a hydrogen flame, electron concentrations are  formed and can
                  be measured.  Inorganic gases such as H?, N2>  C02> CO and ^0
                  vapor do  not interfere significantly.  The  response  of  such an
                  instrument is approximately proportional to the number  of
                  carbon atoms in the compound  being burned;  that is,  hexane
                  will give approximately six times the response of methane.
                  The instrument can thus be considered as a  "carbon"  counter.

 (9.0)(50.4)      CHAPTER 3 - DETERMINATION OF  OLEFINS  AND SUBSTITUTED AROMATICS
                  IN EFFLUENTS.
                                             -98-

-------
6301    SCOPE - This procedure describes a method for the determination
        of olefins and substituted aromatics 1n an effluent.

6302    OUTLINE OF METHOD - The olefins and substituted aroma'tics
        are adsorbed on silica gel.  They are removed from the silica
        gel by an appropriate organic solvent and determined by gas
        chromatography.

6303    DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS - Any commercially available gas
        chromatograph with a detector system capable of responding to
        olefins and substituted aromatics may be used.  Sensititvity of
        the detectorshall be such that a minimum response of 0.01
        mv on a 1 mv recorder (10 inch scale) 1s given by one microgram
        of toluene after the toluene has passed through the analytical
        column of the Instrument.  Choice of anlytical columns, flow
        rate of carrier gas, temperature and other operating parameters
        shall be such as to enable the separation and detection of
        mixtures of olefins and substituted aromatics which have been
        adsorbed on silica gel, and then eluted.

6304    SAMPLING PROCEDURE - Collection of samples shall follow the
        procedures specified in Diviison 5.

6305    ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE - The contents of each silica gel cartridge
        shall be emptied into separate 125 ml flasks.  The gel is
        covered with the minimum volume of solvent required to remove
        the adsorbed compounds.  After shaking on a mechanical shaker
        for one hour, a suitable aliquot (1-10 microliters) is injected
        Into the chromatograph for analysis.

6306  •  CALIBRATION OF CHROMATOGRAPH - Known concentrations of olefins
        and substituted aromatics dissolved in the same solvent as
        used in the Analytical procedure shall be subjected to the proced-
        ure described in this Chapter. The peak height shall be recorded
        for each separated component and a graph relating concentration
        and peak height for each component constructed.

6307    CALCULATIONS - Total quantity of olefins plus substituted
        aromatics is the sum of individual olefins and substituted
        aromatics found.  Quantity of individual olefins plus substituted
        aromatics is calculated from the observed peaks as described
        in Paragraph 6306.  Final calculation of total olefins plus
        substituted aromatics shall include volume of gas sampled,
        volume of solvent used to elute compounds from silica gel  and
        volume of solution injected into the gas chromatograph in
        accordance with standard practice.
                                   -99-

-------
90)  (50 4)  CHAPTER 4  -  PROCEDURE  FOR DETERMINING THE PERCENT OLEFINS AND. SUBSTITUTED
                   AROMATICS  IN ORGANIC LIQUIDS CONTAINING NO OXYGENATED ORGANIC
                   COMPOUNDS

            6401    SCOPE  - This procedure describes a method for the determination
                   of olefins and substituted aromatics  in organic liquids containing
                   no oxygenated  organi c compounds .

            6402    OUTLINE OF METHOD - Olefins and substituted aromatics are
                   reacted with a sulfonation mixture.   The procedure is a modi-
                   fication of ASTM procedure D1019-62 "Olefins Plus Aromatic
                   Hydrocarbons in Petroleum Distillates."  Benzene, if present,
                   is measured separately and subtracted from the total

            6403    REAGENTS - Sulfonation acid.  Prepare as described in ASTM
                   D1019-62.

            6404    PROCEDURE  - Seal a 6 mm O.D x 4 mm I.D. x 9" length of glass
                   tubing (uniform bore) at one end.  Accurately deliver 500 micro-
                   liters of  liquid to be tested into the tube.  Immerse the
                   tube in an ice-salt mixture and carefully add 1.0 ml of sulf-
                   onation add.  While still immersed in the cold bath, seal
                   the  other  end  of the tube in an oxygen -gas flame.  Remove
                   the  tube from  the ice bath and  shake  to mix the solvent and
                   sulfonation acid.  Invert the tube and shake again; repeat this
                   procedure  six  times.  Centrifuge at 1,000 rpm for 3 minutes.
                   Read the length of residual solvent with an accurate caliper.
                   Repeat the mixing and centrifugation  and read again.  Repeat
                   until  readings are the same.

            6405  .  CALCUALTION

                        (a)   Calculate the length  equivalent to 500 j*l of unreacted
                              solvent as follows:

                               L  - 0.500 x 4  (where D = diameter of tube in
                                               centimeters)
                         (b)   Calculate  the  percent paraffin from the length of
                              residual solvent as  follows:

                              %  paraffin * Length  of  residual solvent   x 1QQ

                                          Length  calculated for 500 *l
                                             -100-

-------
                       (c)   Calculate  the  percent olefins plus aromatlcs as
                            follows:

                            % olefins  plus aromatics *.  (100 -- % paraffin)

(9.0)(50.4)  CHAPTER 5 - DETERMINATION  OF TOTAL CARBONYLS

          6501     SCOPE - This procedure describes  a method for the determination
                  of total  carbonyls in effluents.  Ketones,  if present, are
                  measured  separately, and subtracted from the total carbonyls.

          6502     METHOD SUMMARY  - The samples are  reacted with a solution of
                  sodium bisulfite to  form addition compounds.  The excess bi-
                  sulfite-ion is  destroyed with  iodine  solution.  By adjusting
                  the pH of the solution,  the addition  compounds are decomposed,
                  freeing bisulfite-ion equivalent  to the carbonyls present
                  1n the sample.   The  liberated  bisulfite-ion is then titrated
                  with standard iodine.

          6503     SPECIAL COLLECTION APPARATUS FOR  SOURCE TESTING -Two Greenburg-
                  Smith Impingers,  each containing  100  ml of  1% solium bisulfite
                  solution,  are connected  in a series with tygon tubing.  These
                  shall be  followed by and coupled  to an empty impinger (for
                  meter protection), a dry meter and a  source of suction.  During
                  sampling,  the Impingers  shall  be  partially  immersed in an ice
                  bath.

          6504     COLLECTION REAGENTS: 1%  SODIUM BISULFITE - Dissolve 5 grams
                  of sodium bisulfite  (NaHSOs) in 500 ml of water.

          6505    ANALYTICAL REAGENTS.

          6505.1   U STARCH  -  Weigh 1 gram of soluble starch into a 150-ml
                  beaker.  Add 1  to 2 ml of water and stir to make a paste.  In
                  a  separate beaker, heat  100 ml of water to boiling and pour
                  into the paste  while stirring. (The starch solution should
                  be made fresh daily.)

          6505.2   0.05 N SODIUM THIOSULFATE - Dissolve  12.5 grams of sodium
                  thiosulfate (Na2S2035H20) in 1 liter  of freshly boiled and
                  cooled water.   Add 0.1 gram of sodium carbonate as a preservative.
                  (This will  retard the slow change of  titer which a solution of
                  thiosulfate normally undergoes.)  Allow the solution to stand
                  for 24 hours before  use.  To standardize the thiosulfate proceed
                  as follows:

                  Dry some  potassium dichromate  (primary-standard grade) in an
                  oven at 110°C for 1  hour.  Cool in a  desiccator.  Weigh 2.452
           	grams of  the dry dichromate into  a 1-liter volumetric jflask,
                                             -101-

-------
        and dissolve In about 500 ml  of water.   Make  up to  volume with
        water and mix thoroughly.  P1pet exactly 25.00  ml of the
        solution Into a 500 ml Erlenmeyer flask.   Pour  25 ml  of water
        Into another Erlenmeyer flask for a  blank determination.  Add
        50 ml of water, 10 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and 3
        grams of solid potassium Iodide to each  flask.   Swirl  each
        flask once,  cover, and place  in the  dark for  5  minutes.   Dilute
        the solution 1n each flask with 200  ml of water and titrate
        with the 0.05 N sodium thiosulfate solution until the brown
        color 1s almost discharged.  Add 3 ml of starch indicator and
        titrate to a colorless end point.  Subtract the volume of
        sodium thiosulfate required for the  blank titration from  the
        sample titration.   The normality of  the  sodium  thiosulfate
        solution is:

                                  1.25
        Where:
             V»- milliliters of sodium thiosulfate used for the titration
                 (blank subtracted).
6505.3  0.1 N IODINE - Dissolve 20 to 25 grams  of potassium iodide in
        as little water as possible.   Add 12.7  grams of Iodine and
        stir.  When dissolved make up to 1  liter with water and store
        1n a dark bottle.  This reagent need not  be standardized.

6505.4  0.0005 N IODINE - Dilute 50 ml of 0.1 N Iodine to 1  liter
        with water.  Standardize daily with the 0.05 N sodium thiosulfate
        as follows:  Pipet 50 ml of the Iodine  solution into a 250
        ml Erlenmeyer flask.  Titrate with the  0.05 N sodium thiosulfate
        until the brown color is almost discharged.  Add 3 ml  of starch
        indicator and titrate to a colorless end point.  The normality of
        the Iodine solution is

                              0.02 VtNt

        Where:
             Vt= mis of sodium thiosulfate used for the titration
             N^= exact normality of sodium thiosulfate.

6505.5  BUFFER SOLUTION - Dissolve 80 grams of  anhydrous sodium carbonate
        in 500 ml of water.  Add 20 ml of glacial acetic acid slowly
        to avoid excessive frothing.   Dilute to 1 liter.  Adjust the
        pH to 9.6 (±0.1) with sodium carbonate  or acetic acid as required
        using a pH meter.
                                  -102-

-------
         6506     COLLECTION OF THE SAMPLE FOR SOURCE TESTING - Connect the sampling
                 train to a probe and sample at approximately 0.5 to 1.0 cfm.
                 The  sampling time will depend on the concentration of  carbonyls
                 in the effluent, and shall not be less than 15 minutes.

         6507     ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE - P1pet an aliquot from each of the Impingers
                 Into separate 250 ml Erlenmeyer flasks.  The size of the aliquot
                 will depend on the  concentration of carbonyls 1n the effluent.
                 Add  2 ml of 1% starch solution to each flask.  Add 0.1 N iodine
                 dropwlse until a dark blue color is produced.  Care should
                 be taken to see that all of the sulfur dioxide resulting from the
                 decomposition of bisulfite 1s removed from the vapor space  1n the
                 flask as it may cause the end point to fade.  This can be
                 conveniently accomplished by blowing a small jet of air into the
                 flask while swirling the contents vigorously for several minutes.
                 Decolorize each solution by adding 0.05 N sodium thlosulfate
                 dropwlse.  Add 0.005 N Iodine to a faint blue end point.  Cool
                 thoroughly in an ice bath and add 50 ml of chilled buffer
                 to each flask.  Allow to stand in the Ice bath for 10 to 15
                 minutes after the buffer addition.  Then titrate the liberated
                 bisulfite in each flask with 0.005 N iodine to the same faint
                 blue end point present before addition of the buffer.  Keep the
                 sample chilled in order to avoid a fading end point.  Make  up
                 a blank using the same volume of NaHSO^ as used in the aliquot
                 taken.  Titrate as  described for sample, and subtract blank
                 value for sample value.

         6508     REPORTING AND CALCULATIONS FOR SOURCE TESTING
                 Total carbonyls expressed as ppm CH20 -
                 [Net Titer (ml)]
C  75 x normality KI-T1  [vol.  in  1mpinger(m1)l
L        0.005       J  L Aliquot taken  (mllJ
                                 T72 x vol.  gas  sampled (liters;

(9.0)    CHAPTER 6 - USE OF A PORTABLE COMBUSTIBLE  GAS  INDICATOR  FOR  PRELIMINARY
         ESTIMATION OF THE CONCENTRATION OF  ORGANIC GASES  IN  EFFLUENTS

         6601    SCOPE - A portable combustible  gas indicator may be  used to
                 determine concentrations of organic gases in effluents.
                 Indication of concentration of  organic gases in  excess of 50  ppm
                 as hexane establishes a rebuttable presumption of a  violation of
                 this Regulation.  The combustible  gas  indicator  shall not be
                 used to test effluents from inceneration  or  combustion
                 operations.

         6602    SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE COMBUSTIBLE GAS INDICATOR - The
                 Combustible Gas Indicator shall  operate on the principle that
                                           -103-

-------
        electrical  resistance in a given metal  wire is a function of
        the temperature of the wire.   The effluent to be tested is
        drawn across a heated filament.   This filament forms one leg
        of a wheatstone bridge which  has been previously balanced in
        an atmosphere containing no combustible material.   The combustion
        of the sample in the anlyzihg chanber raises the temperature
        and, therefore, the electrical resistance of the filament.
        The resultant imbalance in the wheatstone bridge circuit causes
        a current to flow.  The current is measured and is a function
        of the concentration of combustible material present.

6602.1  SENSITIVITY - The Combustible Gas Indicator shall  be capable of
        detecting 50 ppm of hexane with a response equal to or greater
        than 5% of full scale.

6602.2  POWER SOURCE - The Combustible Gas Indicator shall be equipped
        with a power source, and a power source condition indicator.

6602.3  DRIFT - The zero adjustment shall be sufficiently stable as to
        be drift-free during the course of a reading.

6602.4  FILTER - The Combustible Gas  Indicator shall have a filter which
        effectively removes water vapor, but does not remove organic
        gases.

6602.5  ASPIRATOR - The Combustible Gas Indicator shall be equipped with
        a suction device to draw samples of effluent through the
        filament chamber continuously while sampling is being performed.

6603    CALIBRATION - The Combustible Gas Indicator shall  be calibrated
      •  by sampling inert air streams containing known concentrations
        of hexane,  and a calibration  chart constructed relating con-
        centration and meter reading.

6604    USE OF THE COMBUSTIBLE GAS INDICATOR INSTRUMENT - The
        Combustible Gas Indicator shall  be connected to or placed
        in the effluent.  The sampling tube shall be constructed of
        inert material.  The instrument shall be operated under standard
        conditions, and readings shall be taken until  needle deflection
        stabilizes and remains constant for 30 seconds.  If the needle
        deflection  does not stabilize, the indicator shall  be read
        at maximum deflection.  This  reading shall be used to calculate
        the concentration of organic  gases in the effluent.

6605    CALCULATION - The reading obtained in the gas stream shall be
        converted to ppm hexane by reference to the calibration graph.
                                  -104-

-------
          6606    LIMITATION -  A reading of 50 ppra hexane or less shall be construed
                  to Indicate that the unit being  tested 1s 1n compliance
                  with this Regulation.

(9.0)              CHAPTER 7 - PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING HEAD SPACE REACTIVITY IN
                  THE ABSENCE OF OXYGENATED ORGANIC"COMPOUNDS

          6701    SCOPE - This  procedure describes a  method for  the  determination
                  of olefins plus substituted aromatics in the head  space of
                  liquids stored 1n containers*  and which liquids have  an oleffn
                  plus Substituted aromatic content greater than 5%  in  the liquid
                  as determined in Chapter 4, Division 6, and which  liquids  do
                  not have oxygenated organic compounds present  as determined in
                  Chapter 10, Division 6, Benzene, if present, is measured sep-
                  arately and subtracted from the  total.

          6702    OUTLINE OF METHOD - A sample of  head space is  reacted with a
                  sulfonation acid 1n a standard Orsat type apparatus.  The
                  diminution of volume is proportional to the olefin plus sub-
                  stituted aromatic content of the sample.

          6703    REAGENTS - Same as 6403.

          6704    APPARATUS - Any Orsat type apparatus used for  the  analysis
                  of combustion gases may be used.

          6705    PROCEDURE - The standard Orsat apparatus  1s modified  by placing
                  a tube (2" x  fc") containing Mallcosorb  (MalHnckrodt) between
                  the measuring unit and the absorption chamber  to  remove acidic
                  gases formed  during the sulfonation.  The  liquid  sample is
                  maintained at 100°F and care shall  be taken that  the  head
                  space gases shall be in equilibrium with the liquid phase.
                  (In practice, the head space sample 1s taken from the apparatus
                  used to determine Reid vapor pressure.)

                  The absorption chamber is filled with sulfonation  acid.  A
                  50-100 ml. sample of head space  vapor is diluted  to 100 ml.'
                  with air, and 1s transferred to  the gas measuring column by
                  means of a syringe.  The gas is  passed twice through  the
                  sulfonation acid and the residual  volume measured by  the standard
                  Orsat techniques.

          6706    CALCULATIONS  - Percent olefins plus substituted  aromatics  in
                  head space =  100 - residual volume.  (Correct  for dilution of
                  samp! e.)            .';'..
                  Head space reactivity (percent olefins  plus substituted aromatics
                  1n hydro-carbon portion of the head space  vapors)  =
                                             -105-

-------
                               (100 ~ residual ••' vol tune).
                                 r _   CRe^;V;P;}   I
                                 [(14.7 + Reid V.P.JJ
                               (Correct for dilution  of  sample.)
(9.0)(50.4)CHAPTER 8 - PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING OLEFINS AND SUBSTITUTED AROMATICS
           IN ORGANIC LIQUIDS AND FOR DETERMINING HEAD SPACE REACTIVITY  IN  THE
           PRESENCE OF OXYGENATED ORGANIC COMPOUNDS

           6801     SCOPE - This  procedure describes a method for determining olefins
                   and substituted aromatlcs  1n liquids or vapors containing
                   oxygenated compounds.

           6802    OUTLINE OF METHOD FOR  LIQUIDS - A sample of liquid is injected
                   Into a gas chromatograph using a column which is  capable of
                   resolving olefins and  sustltuted aromatics from other organic
                   compounds.

           6803    SPECIFICATIONS FOR GAS CHROMATOGRAPHIC  EQUIPMENT  - Same  as 6303.

           6804    CALIBRATION - Known quantities of olefins and substituted"
                   aromatics are injected into the gas chromatograph and graphs
                   relating quantity and  peak height constructed.

           6805    PROCEDURE - A sample of 1  - 5/J of liquid 1s Injected into the
                   gas chromatograph and  resultant peaks recorded.   The  peaks
                   corresponding to olefins and substituted aromatic compounds.
                   are Identified from times  for known standards treated 1n the
                   same manner.

           6806    CALCULATION - The concentration of each of the olefin and
                   substituted aromatic compounds is calculated from the calibration
                   curve previously prepared. The total percent olefins plus sub-
                   stituted aromatics is  equal to the sum  of the percents of indiv-
                   idual olefins and substituted aromatics present in the liquid.

           6807    OUTLINE OF METHOD:  HEAD SPACE REACTIVITY.- A sample  of  vapor
                   in equilibrium with the organic liquid  1s injected into  a gas
                   chromatograph using a  column which is, capable of resolving olefins
                   and substituted aromatics from other organic compounds.

           6808    PROCEDURE AND CALCULATIONS - The procedure and calculations are
                   the same as for liquids, except that samples of 1 to  10  ml.
                   of vapor iii equilibrium with liquid are used for  analysis.
                                              -106-

-------
(9.0)(50.4)CHAPTER 9 - PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING THE  PERCENT ALDEHYDES  IN ORGANIC
           LIQUIDS

          6901    SCOPE - This procedure describes a  method for determining  the
                  percent aldehydes  1n organic:liquids.

          6902    OUTLINE OF METHOD  - Aldehydes are oxidized by silver  oxide
                  to acids.   The resulting acid 1s titrated with  standard alkali.

          6903    REAGENTS - Ca) silver oxide,  (b) 0.5  N NaOH, (c) 0.1  N HC1,
                  (d) dioxane free of acid.

          6904    PROCEDURE - Place  a weighed sample  containing up to 5 nrilUmoles
                  of aldehyde in a 100 ml glass stoppered volumetric flask
                  containing 3 gm of silver oxide.  Add 50 ml of  a 1=1  mixture of
                  water and dioxane.

                  Prepare a blank exactly as above, omitting the  aldehyde.

                  Stopper the flasks and place in  a water bath at 60°C. Shake
                  every 5 or 10 minutes for one hour.  Cool to room  temperature,
                  add 25.0 ml 0.5 N  NaOH, dilute to 100 ml, shake and filter.
                  Titrate 25 ml aliquots with 0.1  N HC1 to phenolphthalein end
                  point.

          6905    CALCULATION - Subtract the value of the blank and  calculate the
                  equivalents of NaOH used up by the  acid formed  in  the oxidation
                  of the aldehyde.  Determine the  weight of aldehyde present,
                  using benzaldehyde (or the specific aldehyde, if known) as the
                  representative aldehyde.
                         <-,...   f  weight of aldehyde found  1
                         % aldehyde =|_  weight of sample takenJ 10°
(9.0)     CHAPTER 10 - TEST FOR OXYGENATED ORGANIC COMPOUNDS IN ORGANIC LIQUIDS

          61001   SCOPE - This test shall be used to determine the presence of oxy-
                  genated organic compounds in organic liquid samples.

          61002   OUTLINE OF METHOD - This method is based on the fact that
                  oxygenated organic compounds dissolve ferric hexathiocyanato-
                  ferriate (Ferrox) from a prepared paper saturated with the reagent
                  to produce an intense pink color.

          61003   REAGENTS - Ferrox Paper.  Dissolve 0.3 gm ferric ammonium
                  sulfate in 5 ml HgO and add 0.5 gm potassium thiocyanate.
                  Stir and soak strips of filter paper in the solution for 5
                  minutes.  Remove the paper, dry and cut into squares 1 cm x
                                            -107-

-------
                   1 cm.  Store in a brown, covered bottle.

           61004   PROCEDURE - Place a V1 square of Ferrox paper at the bottom
                   of a 1/2" x 6" test tube, and add 2 ml  of liquid to be tested.
                   Shake gently and observe color at the end of 1 minute.  Presence
                   of oxygenated organic compounds is indicated by the formation
                   of a deep pink color in the liquid layer.

 (9.0)(50.4) CHAPTER 11 - TEST FOR OLEFINS IN ORGANIC LIQUIDS

           61101   SCOPE - This test shall be used to determine the presence of
                   olefins in organic liquids.  An alternate procedure provides
                   for the electrometric titration of olefins with bromide-
                   bromate solution.

           61102   OUTLINE OF METHOD - The sample is dissolved in carbon tetrach-
                   loride and treated with an excess of bromide-bromate solution.
                   The excess bromine is reduced with potassium iodide and the
                   liberated iodine determined by thiosulfate titration.

           61103   PROCEDURE - The procedure, reagents and calculations shall be-
                   performed as described in ASTM D1158-59T or ASTM Dll59-64
                   relating to Bromine Number of Petroleum Distillates.

(9.0)  (51.21) CHAPTER 12 - DETERMINATION OF VOLUME PERCENT REACTIVE.ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
           IN PAINT, VARNISH, LACQUER OR OTHER SURFACE-COVERING MATERIALS AND
           SOLVENTS

           61201   SCOPE - This procedure describes a method for the determination
                   of reactive organic compounds in paints,  varnishes, lacquers or
                   other surface-covering materials and solvents.  Benzene, if
                   present, is measured separately and subtracted from the total.
                   For water-thinned materials refer to Section 61206.

           61202   OUTLINE OF METHOD - The volatile materials are separated from
                   non-volatile materials by steam distillation.  The reactives
                   in the volatile, water Immiscible portion are determined by
                   gas chromatography or by sulfonation.  The quantity of volatile,
                   water miscible organic solvent remaining in the water layer
                   of the distillate is determined by gas chromatography
                   or other standard procedures, and added to the total volume
                   of solvent for calculation of percent reactives.

           61203   DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS - Same 6303 for gas chromatographic
                   analysis, and same as 6404 for sulfonation procedure.
                                              -108-

-------
        61204
        ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE - A weighed sample  of surface-covering
        material  1s steam distilled until  a  volume of distillate 4
        times the volume of original  sample  taken  1s  collected.  The
        Immiscible solvent layer 1n the distillate 1s separated  from
        the water and dried with anhydrous Na2S04. The  volume and
        weight of the solvent layer 1s  measured  by standard procedures.

        Test for the presence of oxygenated  organic compounds as
        described 1n 61001 ff.

        If oxygenated organic compounds are  found, analyze  the solvent
        by gas chromatography as described 1n 6801 ff.
61205
                 If no oxygenated organic compounds are found, analyze the
                 solvent by sulfonation procedure described 1n 6401 ff.

                 The density of the original surface-covering material 1s measured
                 separately by standard procedures.

                 CALCULATION - Percent by volume of oleflns and substituted
                 aromatlcs 1s calculated as described below.
                 A.   If the  direct sulfonation procedure 1s used (6401'ff):
                     Calculation  1s the same as 6405.

                 B.   If the  gas chromatographlc procedure 1s used (6801 ff):
                     Calculation  1s the same as 6806.

                     Results are  reported  as percent by volume olefins and
                     substituted  aromatlcs.

         61206   OUTLINE OF  METHOD FOR WATER-THINNED SURFACE COATINGS AND SOLVENTS
                 For surface coatings and  solvents which contain water as part
                 of the coating or solvent, the quantity of water present 1n
                 the material  shall be determined by the procedure described
                 in ASTM D95-58,  and this  quantity shall be added to the quantity
                 of organic  solvent present to determine the total volume of
                 solvent.  In calculating  the volume percent of reactives in the
                 emissions the total volume of water and organic solvent shall
                 be used 1n  the calculation.

(9.0)    CHAPTER 13 - TEST TO DETERMINE PERCENT REDUCTION OF REACTIVE ORGANIC
         GAS EMISSIONS BY AN ABATEMENT DEVICE

-------
61301   SCOPE - This procedure shall  be used to determine the percent
        reduction of reactive organic gases by an  abatement.device.

61302   OUTLINE OF METHOD - The following tests are  performed at
        the Inlet and outlet of the abatement device 1n  accordance with
        standard engineering test procedures described in Division 5.

61302.1 Total oleflns and substituted aromatics are  determined by gas
        chromatpgraphy as described in Chapter 3,  Division 6.

61302.2 Total carbonyls are collected by the bisulfite procedure
        described 1n Chapter 5, Division 6.  The aldehyde fraction of
        the total carbonyl collection is determined  by the chromotropic
        add method described in  61303.

61303   DETERMINATION OF ALDEHYDES

61303.1 REAGENTS - Chromotropic Add: 0.5% in water.  Filter just before
        using.  Stable for one week 1f kept refrigerated.
        Sulfuric Acid:  Concentrated reagent grade.

61303.2 PROCEDURE - Transfer a 2.0 ml aliquot from each  implnger'to
        a separate 25 ml graduated tube.  Add to each 0.2 ml  of chromo-
        tropic add, and then cautiously add 5.0 ml  of concentrated
        sulfurlc acid.  Mix well.  Transfer to a boiling water bath,  and
        heat for 15 minutes.  Cool the samples and then  add distilled
        water to the 10 ml mark.  Cool, mix,-and transfer to a 16 mm
        cuvette, reading the transmlttance at 580  m/u..  A blank containing
        2 ml of 1% sodium bisulfite should be run  along  with the
        samples and used to zero the colorimeter.  From  standard curve
        read nrfcrograms of formaldehyde.

61303.3 PREPARATION OF STANDARD CURVE - To a 1 L volumetric flask add
        0.4466 grams of sodium formaldehyde bisulfite.  Dilute to mark
        with water.  This solution contains 0.1 mg of formaldehyde
        per ml.  Dilute this stock so as to have standard solutions
        containing 1, 3, 5 and 7 mlcrograms of formaldehyde per ml.
        Set up the above standards plus blank, using the procedure
        as described in 1, above,  Take respective readings at 580
        m/t after setting instrument at 100% T with the blank.  Using
        semi-log paper graph the respective concentrations vs. trans-
        mi ttance.

61303,4 CALCULATION FOR ALDEHYDES
        ppm aldehyde (0^0)  *
       [ micrograms from graph x total vol. of impinger  "]
       L1.Z3 x sample vol. in liters x  2J
                                  -110-

-------
61304   CALCULATION OF EFFICIENCY OF ABATEMENT DEVICE - The total
        quantity of reactive organic compounds at the Inlet and outlet
        of the device 1s determined as described above.

             A-B
         	TT	x 100 * Percent Efficiency
        where:
             A = Total  quantity of react!ves at the inlet.
             B = Total  quantity of reactlves at the outlet.
                                   -Ill-

-------
                          "BAY  AREA AIR POLLUTION  CONTROL  DISTRICT

 (2.0)     REGULATION 4

          A regulation of the  Bay Area  Air  Pollution Control  District  requiring  the
          installation of crankcase devices on  1955 through 1962 model year
          motor vehicles within  the District.

          The Board of Directors of the Bay Area Air Pollution Control District
          does hereby enact  as follows:

          Section 1 - Every  1955 through 1962 model year motor vehicle subject
          to registration in this State, upon either transfer of ownership and
          registration to an owner whose residence  is  in any  county  in which
          the Bay Area Air Pollution Control District  transacts business or
          exercises its powers on the effective date of this  regulation, or upon
          registration of a  vehicle previously  registered outside  this State
          to an owner whose  residence is in any county in which the  Bay Area
          Air Pollution Control  District transacts  business or exercises its
          powers on the effective date  of this  regulation,  shall be  equipped
          with a device certified by the State  Air  Resources  Board to  control
          the emission of pollutants from the crankcase.

          Section 2 - This regulation shall take effect and be in  force on
          June 1, 1971.

(2.0)      REGULATION 6

          The Air Pollution  Control Officer and every  officer and  employee of
          the Bay Area Air Pollution Control District  designated by  him is
          authorized to arrest a person without a warrant whenever he  has
          committed, in his  presence, a violation of any provision of  the Vehicle
          Code which the Air Pollution  Control  Officer is authorized by law to
          enforce.  This authority to arrest is granted in  accordance  with
          Penal-Code Section 836.5.

          REGULATION 7

(10.0)     NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

(1.0)      DEFINITIONS

          "Affected facility"  means any apparatus to which  a  standard  is applicable.
          (60.2(e))

          "Commenced" means  that an owner or operator  has undertaken a continuous
          program of construction or modification or that an  owner or  operator
          has entered into a contractual obligation to undertake and complete,
          within a reasonable  time, a continuous program of construction or
                                            -112-

-------
modification. (60.2(1))

"Construction" means fabrication, erection, or Installation of an affected
facility. (60.2(g))

"Malfunction" means any sudden and unavoidable failure of air pollution
control equipment or process equipment or of a process to operate
In a normal or usual manner.  Failures that are caused entirely or in
part by poor maintenance, careless operation, or any other preventable
upset condition or preventable equipment breakdown shall not be con-
sidered malfunctions.  (60.2(q))

"Modification" means any physical change in, or change in the method of
operation of, an affected facility which increases the amount of any
air pollutant (to which a standard applies) emitted by such facility
or which results in the emission of any air pollutant (to which a standard
applies) not previously emitted, except that:

     1.  Routine maintenance, repair, and replacement shall not be
         considered physical changes, and

     2.  The following shall not be considered a change in the method
         of operation:

          (a)  An  Increase  in the production rate, if such increase
               does not exceed the operating design capacity of the
               affected facility:

          (b)  An  increase  in hours of operation;

          (c)  Use of an alternative fuel or raw material if, prior
               to  the date  any new source performance standard under
               40  CFR 60 becomes applicable to such facility, the
               affected facility is designed to accommodate such
               alternative  use.  (60.2(h))

"Owner or operator" means any person who owns, leases, operates,
controls, or supervises an  affected facility or a stationary source
of which an affected facility 1s a part. (60.2(f))

"Shutdown" means the cessation of operation of an affected facility
for any  purpose. (60.2(p))

"Startup" means the setting in operation of an affected facility for

Numbers  1n parenthesis refer to Sections in Title 40 Code of Federal
Regulations,  Parts 60 and 61, the documents in which the new source
performance standards and national emission standards for hazardous
air pollutants are promulgated.
                                   -113-

-------
          any purpose.   (60.2 (o))

          RULE 1


(2.0)      GENERAL PROVISIONS NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

(10.0)     A<
               1.  Any  owner or operator subject to the provisions  of these  rules
                   and  regulations  shall furnish the control officer written
                   notification as  follows:

                       (a)   A notification of the anticipated  date  of initial
                            startup of an affected facility not more than  60
                            days or less than 30 days prior to such date.

                       (b)   A notification of the actual  date  of initial startup of
                            an affected facility within 15 days after such date.
                            (60.7(a))

               2. Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of these .
                  rules and regulations shall maintain for a period of 2 years
                  a file of all measurements, including monitoring  and performance
                  testing measurements, and all other reports  and records  required
                  by a-1 applicable subparts.

               3. Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of these rules
                  and regulations shall maintain for a period  of 2  years a
                  record of the occurrence and duration of any startup, shutdown,
                  or malfunction in operation of any affected  facility. (60.7(b))

               4. A written report of excess emissions as defined in applicable
                  Rules shall be submitted to the control officer by each  owner
                  or operator for each calendar quarter.   The  report shall include
                  the magnitude of excess emissions as measured by  the required
                  monitoring equipment reduced to the units of the  applicable
                  standard, the date,  and time of commencement and  completion
                  of each period of excess emissions.  Periods of excess emissions
                  due to startup, shutdown, and malfunction shall be specifically
                  identified.  The nature and cause of any malfunction (if known),
                  the corrective action taken, or preventive measures adopted
                  shall be reported.  Each quarterly report is due  by the
                  30th day following the end of the calendar quarter.  If  there
                  were no excess emissions for a quarter a report shall be
                  submitted indicating that there were no excess emissions.  (60.7(c)
                                            -114-

-------
B.
C.
        1.  Within 60 days after achieving the maximum production rate
            at which the affected facility will be operated but not
            later than 180 days after Initial  startup of such facility
            and at such other times as may be  required by the control
            officer, the owner or operator of  such facility shall
            conduct performance test(s) and furnish the control officer
            a written report of the results of such performance test(s).
            (60.8(a))  The control officer may, at his option, conduct
            the required performance tests.

        2.  Performance tests shall be conducted and data reduced in
            accordance with the test methods and procedures prescribed
            by the Control Officer.

        3.  Performance tests shall be conducted under such conditions
            as the control officer shall specify to the plant operator
            based on representative performance of the affected facility.
            The owner or operator shall make available to the control
            officer such records as may be necessary to determine the
            conditions of the performance tests.  Operations during
            period of startup, shutdown, and malfunction shall not
            constitute representative conditions of performance tests
            unless otherwise specified in the  applicable rule. (60.8(c))

        4.  The owner or operator of an affected facility shall provide
            the control officer 30 days prior  notice of the performance
            test to afford the Control officer the opportunity to have
            an observer present.  (60.8(d))

        5.  Each performance test shall consist of three separate runs.
            For the purpose of determining compliance with an applicable
            standard, the arithmetic means of  results of the three runs
            shall apply.  In the event that a  sample is accidently lost
            or conditions occur 1n which one of the three runs must
            be discontinued because of forced  shutdown, failure of an
            Irreplaceable portion of the sample train, extreme meteor-
            ological conditions, or other circumstances beyond the
            owner or operator's control, compliance may, upon the
            control officer's approval, be determined using the
            arithmetic mean of the results of the two other runs. (60.8(f)
        1.  Compliance with standards in these rules, other than opacity
            standards, shall be determined only by performance tests
            established by paragraph B of this rule, except where
            performance tests are not specified.
                                   -115-

-------
          RULE 2


51.5)     STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR FOSSIL FUEL-FIRED STEAM GENERATORS
51.6)
51.7)     DEFINITIONS

          "Fossil fuel-fired steam generating unit" means a furnace or boiler
          used 1n the process of burning fossil  fuel for the purpose of producing
          steam by heat transfer. (60.41(a))

          "Fossil fuel" means natural  gas,  petroleum,  coal, and any form of solid,
          liquid, or gaseous fuel derived from such materials for the purpose
          of creating useful heat. (60.41(b)).

          EMISSION STANDARD

          This rule applies to all fossil fuel-fired steam generating units, the
          construction or modification of which commenced after August 17, 1971,
          of more than 250 million B.T.U. per hour heat input.  Any change to
          an existing fossil fuel-fired steam generating unit to accommodate the
          use of combustible materials, other than fossil fuels as defined'1n
          this Rule, shall not bring that unit under the applicability of this
          Rule.  If any other Rule or regulation of this District 1s more
          restrictive, that rule shall  apply.

               1. On and after the date on which the performance test required
                  to be conducted by Rule I.B.I, is completed, no owner or
                  operator subject to the provisions of this Rule shall cause
                  to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility
                  any gases which:

                      (a)  Contain partlculate matter in excess of 0.10 Ib.
                           per million B.T.U. heat input derived from fossil
                           fuel. (60.42(a))

                      (b)  Exhibit 20% opacity or greater except that a maximum of
                           40% opacity shall  be permissible for not more than
                           2 minutes in any one hour.   Where the presence of
                           uncombined water is the only reason for failure to
                           meet the requirements of this paragraph, such failure
                           shall not be a violation of this rule. (60.42(a))

               2. On and after the date on which the performance test required to
                  be conducted by Rule I.B.I, is completed, no owner or operator
                •  subject to the provisions of this Rule shall cause to be
                  discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any
                  gases which contain sulfur dioxide in excess of:
                                            -116-

-------
    (a)   0.80 Ib.  per million B.T.U.  heat Input when  liquid
         fossil  fuel  is  burned.  (60.43(a))

    (b)   1.2 Ibs.  per million B.T.U.heat Input when solid fossil
         fuel 1s burned.  (60.43(aj)

    (c)   Where different fossil  fuels are burned  simultaneously
         In any combination,  the applicable standard  shall  be
         determined by proration using the following  formula:

                 y (0.80)  + z (1.2)
                       y +
    where
    and
         y 1s the percent of total  heat Input derived from
         liquid fossil  fuel,
         z is the percent of total  heat input derived from
         solid fossil  fuel.  (60.43(b))
    (d)  Compliance shall  be based on total  heat input from
         all fossil fuels  burned,  including  gaseous fuels.
         (60.43(c))

3.  On and after the date  on which the performance .test required
    to be conducted by Rule I.B.I, is completed, no owner or
    operator subject to the provisions of this Rule shall
    cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
    facility any gases which contain nitrogen oxides,  expressed
    as N02t in excess of:

    (a)  0.20 Ib. per million B.T.U. heat Input when gaseous
         fossil fuel burned. (60.44(a))

    (b)  0.30 Ib. per million B.T.U. heat input when liquid
         fossil fuel is burned. (60.44(a))

    (c)  0.70 Ib. per million B.T.U. heat Input when solid
         fossil fuel (except lignite) 1s burned. (60.44(a))

    (d)  Where different fossil fuels are burned simultaneously"
         in any combination, the applicable  standard shall  be
         determined by proration using the following formula:
                          -117-

-------
                      x (0.20)  +y (0.30)  + z (0.70)
            where:
                 x 1s the percent of total  heat input derived from
                 gaseous fossil  fuel,

                 y 1s the percent of total  heat Input derived from
                 liquid fossil  fuel, and

                 z 1s the percent of total  heat Input derived from
                 solid fossil  fuel (except  lignite).  (60.44(b))
MONITORING
        1.  The owner or operator of any fossil  fuel-fired steam
            generating unit subject to the provisions  of this rule
            shall Install, calibrate, maintain and operate emission
            monitoring instruments as follows:

            (a)  A photoelectric or other type smoke detector and
                 recorder, except where gaseous  fuel  is the only fuel
                 burned.

            (b)  An Instrument for continuously monitoring and
                 recording sulfur dioxide emission, except where gaseous
                 fuel is the only fuel burned, or where compliance is
                 achieved through low sulfur fuels and representative
                 sulfur analysis of fuels are conducted daily in
                 accordance with paragraph 3. or 4. of this section.
                 Analysis of all fuel received may be substituted for
                 daily fuel analysis if this will assure accurate
                 knowledge of sulfur content of fuel  as burned.   When
                 fuels must be blended to achieve compliance sulfur
                 analysis of fuels may not be used, and SC^ emission
                 monitoring is required.

            (c)  An instrument for continuously monitoring and recording
                 emissions of nitrogen oxides. (60.45(a))

        2.  Instruments and sampling systems installed and used pursuant
            to this section shall be capable of monitoring emission
            levels within + 20 percent with a confidence level of
            95 percent and shall be calibrated in accordance with
            the method(s) prescribed by the manufacturer(s) of such
            instruments:  instruments shall be subject to manufacturers
            recommended zero adjustment and calibration procedures at
                                   -118-

-------
    least once per 24 hour operating, period unless manufact-
    urer(s) specifies or recommends calibration at shorter
    intervals, 1n which case such specifications or
    recommendations shall be followed.  (60.45(b))

3.  The sulfur content of solid fuels,  as burned,  shall  be
    determined 1n accordance with the following methods  of
    the American Society for Testing and Materials.

              Mechanical sampling by Method D 2234-65
              Sample preparation by Method D 2013-65
              Sample analysis by Method D 271-68.   (60.45(c))

4.  The sulfur content of liquid fuels, as burned, shall be
    determined 1n accordance with the American Society for
    Testing and Materials Methods D 1551-68, or D 129-54, or
    D 1552-64. (60.45 (d))

5.  The rate of fuel burned for each fuel shall be measured
    dally or at shorter intervals and recorded.  The heating
    value and ash content of fuels shall be ascertained at
    least once per week and recorded.  Where the steam
    generating unit is used to generate electricity, the average
    electrical output and the minimum and maximum hourly gener-
    ation rate shall be measured and recorded dally. (60.45(e))

6.  For the purpose of reports required pursuant to Rule l.A.
    periods of excess emissions that shall be reported are
    defined as follows:

         (a)  Opacity.  All hourly periods during which there
              are three or more one-minute periods when the
              average opacity equals or exceeds 20 percent.

         (b)  Sulfur dioxide.  Any two consecutive hourly
              periods during which average sulfur dioxide
              emissions exceed 0.80 pound per million B.T.U.
              heat Input for liquid fossil fuel burning
              equipment or exceed 1.2 pound per million B.T.U.
              heat input for solid fossil fuel burning
              equipment; or for sources which elect to conduct
              representative analyses of fuels in accordance
              with paragraph 3. or 4. of this section in lieu
              of installing and operating a monitory device
              persuant to paragraph  l.b) of this section,
                           -119-

-------
                            any calendar day during which fuel  analysis shows
                            that the limits of paragraph 2 (emission standard)
                            are exceeded.

                       (c)   Nitrogen oxides.  Any two consecutive hourly periods
                            during which the average nitrogen oxides emission
                            exceed 0.20 pound per million B.T.U.  heat input for
                            gaseous fossil  fuel  burning equipment, or exceed
                            0.30 pound per  million B.T.U.  for liquid fossil
                            fuel burning equipment, or exceed 0.70 pound per
                            million B.T.U.  heat Input for solid fossil  fuel burning
                            equipment.   (60.45(g))

           TEST PROCEDURE

                   (See Rule l.B. for performance test requirements)

           Emissions shall  be tested according to the method specified in 40 CFR
           60.46.
                                                      fc
           RULE 3

(51.9)      STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR INCINERATORS

           DEFINITIONS

           "Day" means 24 hours. (60.51(c))

           "Incinerator" means any furnace  used 1n the process  of burning solid
           waste for the purpose of reducing the volume of the  waste by removing
           combustible matter. (60.51(a))

           "Solid  waste" means refuse, more than 50 percent of  which is municipal
           type waste consisting of a mixture of paper, wood, yard wastes, food
           wastes, plastics, leather, rubber, and other combustibles, and
           noncombustible materials such as glass and'rock. (60.51(b))

           EMISSION STANDARD

           This rule applies to solid waste incinerators, the construction or
           modification which commenced after August 17, 1971,  of more than 50
           tons per day charging rate. (60.50)

           If any other rule or regulation  of this District is  more restrictive,
           the rule shall apply.

           On and; after the date on which the performance test  required to be
                                              -120-

-------
          conducted  by  Rule  I.B.I  1s completed, no owner or operator of a solid
          waste Incinerator  subject to  this  rule shall cause to be discharged
          Into the atmosphere  any  gases which contain partlculate matter 1n
          excess of  0.08  grains  per dry standard cubic foot corrected to 12%
          C02.   (60.52)

          MONITORING

          The owner  or  operator  of any  Incinerator subject to the provisions of  this
          Rule shall record  the  dally charging  rates and hours of operation.
          (60.53)

          TESTING PROCEDURE

          (See Rule  l.B.  for performance  test requirements.)

          Emissions  shall be tested according to the method specified in 40
          CFR 60.54.

          RULE 4

(51.3)     STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE FOR  PORTLAND CEMENT PLANTS

          DEFINITIONS

          "Kiln feed" means  all  material  except fuels entering the  kiln measured
          on a dry basis.  (60.64(c))

          "Portland  cement plant"  means any facility manufacturing  portland  cement
          by either  the wet  or dry process.  (60.61(a))

          EMISSION STANDARD

          This rule  applies  to the following affected facilities  1n  portland
          cement plants the construction  or modification of which commenced  after
          August 17, 1971: kiln, clinker  cooler,  raw mill system, finish mill
          system, raw mill dryer,  raw material  storage, clinker storage, finished
          product storage, conveyor  transfer points, bagging and bulk loading
          and unloading systems. (60.60)

          If any other rule or regulation of this  District is more  restrictive,
          that rule  shall apply.

          On and after the date  on which  the performance test required  to  be
          conducted  by Rule I.B.I, is completed,  no owner or operator subject
          to the provisions  of this  Rule  shall  cause to be discharged into the
          atmosphere;
                                            -121-

-------
                  1.   Gases  from any kiln which:
                      (a)  Contain participate matter in  excess  of 0.3Q  Ih.  per
                          ton of feed to the  kiln.
                      (b)  Exhibit 20% opacity or greater.  (60.62(a))
                  2.   Gases  from a clinker  cooler which:
                      (a)  Contain participate matter in  excess  of 0.10  Ib.  per
                          ton of feed to the  kiln.
                      (b)  Exhibit 10 percent  opacity or  greater.  (60.62(b))
                  3.   Gases  from any affected  facility other than  the  kiln and
                      clinker cooler which  exhibit 10 percent opacity  or greater.
                      (60.62(c))
                  4.   Where  the presence of uncombined water is  the only reason
                      for  failure to meet the  requirements  of paragraphs l.b)
                      and  2.b), and 3, such failure will  not be  a  violation  of
                      this section.   (60.62(d))                           . -
          MONITORING
          The owner or operator of any portland cement plant subject to  the  provi-
          sions of this Rule shall record the  daily production rates and kiln
          feed rates.  (60.63)
          TESTING PROCEDURE
          (See Rule l.B. for performance test  requirements.)
          Emissions shall  be tested according  to  the  method specified  in 40  CFR
          60.64.
          RULE 5
(51.10)    STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NITRIC ACID PLANTS
          DEFINITIONS
          "Nitric acid production unit" means  any facility  producing.weak nitric-
          acid by either the pressure or atmospheric  pressure process. (60.71(a))
          "Weak nitric acid" means acid which  is  30 to 70 percent  in strength.
          (60.71(b))
                                            -122-

-------
EMISSION STANDARD

This rule applies to nUirlc add plants,  the construction  or modif1ct1on
Of which commenced after August 17,  1971.  (60.70)

If any other rule or regulation of this District Is  more  restrictive,
that rule shall  apply.

On and after the date on which the performance test  required to  be
conducted by Rule I.B.I 1s completed,  no owner or operator  subject  to
the provisions of this Rule shall cause to be discharged  Into the
atmosphere from any affected facility  any gases which:

        1.  Contain nitrogen oxides, expressed as N02,  1n excess
            of 3 Ibs. per ton of add  produced,'the  production being
            expressed as 1003 nitric add. (60.72(a))

        2.  Exhibit ten percent opacity or greater.  Where  the presence
            of uncombined water 1s the only reason for failure to meet
            this requirement, such failure shall not be considered  a
            violation of this rule.  (60.72(a))

MONITORING

The owner or operator shall Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate
in any nitric add production unit subject to the provisions of  this
Rule, an instrument for continuously monitoring and  recording emissions
of nitrogen oxides. (60.73(a))

The instrument and sampling system installed and used  pursuant to this
section shall be capable of monitoring emission levels  within ±   20
percent with a confidence level of 95  percent and shall, be  calibrated
1n accordance with the method(s) prescribed by the manufactureds)
of such instrument, the instrument shall be subjected  to  manufacturers
recommended zero adjustment and calibration procedures  at least  once
per 24 hour operating period unless the manufacturer(s) specifies or
recommends calibration at shorter Intervals 1n which case such specifi-
cations or recommendations shall be followed. (60.73(b))

Production rate and hours of operation shall be recorded  dally.  (60.73(c))
(60.73(c))

For the purpose of making written reports pursuant to  Rule  l.A.  periods
of excess emissions that shall be reported are defined as any two
consecutive hourly periods during which average nitrogen  oxides
emissions exceed 3 pounds per ton of acid produced.  (60.73(e))
                                  -123-

-------
          TESTING PROCEDURE

          (See Rule l.B.  for performance  test requirements.)

          Emissions shall  be tested according to  the  method specified  in  40
          CFR 60.74.

          RULE 6

(51.18)    STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR SULFURIC ACID PLANTS

          DEFINITIONS

          "Acid mist" means sulfuric acid mist, as measured by  test methods
          set forth in these rules and regulations or equivalent  or alternative
          methods. (60.81(b))

          "Sulfuric acid  production unit" means any facility  producing sulfuric
          acid by the contact process by  burning  elemental sulfur, alkylation
          acid, hydrogen  sulfide, organic sulfides and mercaptans, or  acid
          sludge, but does not include facilities where conversion to  sulfuric
          acid is utilized primarily as a means of preventing emissions to the
          atmosphere of sulfur dioxide or other sulfur. compounds.  (60.81(a))

         •EMISSION STANDARD

          This rule applies to sulfuric acid plants,  the construction  or  modi-
          fication of which commenced after August 17, 1971.

          If any other rule or regulation of this District is more restrictive,
          that rule shall  apply.

          On and after the date on which  the performance test required to be
          conducted by Rule I.B.I, is completed,  no owner or  operator  subject
          to the provisions of this Rule  shall cause  to be discharged  into the
          atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which:

                  1.  Contain of sulfur dioxide in excess of  4  Ib. per ton of
                      acid produced, the  production being expressed as 100%
                      H2s°4i  (60.82)
                  2.  Contain of acid mist,  expressed as  HoSO^  in  excess  of
                      0.15 Ib. per ton of acid produced,  the production  being
                      expressed as 100% ^$04;  (60.83(a))

                  3.  Exhibit 10 percent opacity or greater.  Where the  presence

-------
                       uncomblned water is the only reason for failure to meet this
                       requirement, such failure shall not be considered a
                       violation of the Rule (60.83(a)).
           MONITORING
           The  owner or operator shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate,
           in any  sulfuric acid production unit subject to the provisions of this
           subpart, an Instrument for continuously monitoring and recording emissions
           of sulfur dioxide.  (60.84(a))

           The  instrument and sampling system Installed and used pursuant to this
           section shall be  capable of monitoring emission levels within ±
           percent with a confidence level of 95 percent and shall be calibrated
           in accordance with the method(s) prescribed by the manufactureds) of
           such Instrument,  the instrument shall be subject to manufacturers /
           recomnended zero  adjustment calibration procedures at least once
           per  24-hour operating period  unless the manufactureds) specified or
           recommends calibration at shorter intervals, in which case such
           specifications or recommendation shall be followed. (60.84(b))

           Production rate and hours of  operation shall be recorded daily. (60.84(c))

           For  the purpose of making written reports, pursuant to Rule l.A. periods
           of excess emissions that shall be reported are defined as any two consec-
           utive hourly periods during which average sulfur dioxide emissions
           exceed  4 pounds per ton of acid produced. (60.84(e))

           TESTING PROCEDURE

           (See Rule l.B. for performance test requirements.)

           Emissions shall be tested according to the method specified in 40
           CFR  60.85.

           RULE 7

(51.8)      STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR ASPHALT CONCRETE PLANTS

           DEFINITIONS

           "Asphalt concrete plant" means any facility, as described below, used
           to manufacture asphalt concrete by heating and drying aggregate and
           mixing  with asphalt cement. (60.91(a))

           EMISSION STANDARD                       ,     , ..   ....

           This rule applies to asphalt  concrete plants, the construction or
                                            -125-

-------
         modification of which commenced after June 11,  1973.   For the purpose
         of this rule, an asphalt concrete plant is comprised  only of any
         combination of the following:   Dryers:  systems  for screening, handling,
         storing, and weighing hot aggregate;  systems for loading, transferring,
         and storing mineral filler;  systems for mixing  asphalt concrete;
         and the loading, transfer, and storage systems  associated with emission
         control systems. (60.90)

         If any other rule or regulation of this District is more restrictive,
         that rule shall apply.

         On and after the date on which the performance  test required to be
         conducted by Rule I.B.I, is  completed,  no owner or operator subject
         to the provisions of this Rule shall  cause to be discharged into the
         atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which:

                 1.  Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.04 gr/dscf
                     (60.92(a)(l))

                 2.  Exhibit 20 percent opacity, or greater.  Where the presence
                     of uncombined water is the only reason for failure to meet
                     the requirements of this  paragraph, such  failure shall not
                     be a violation of this Rule.  (60.92(a)(2))

         TESTING PROCEDURE

         (See Rule l.B. for performance test requirements.)

         Emissions shall be tested according to the method specified in 40
         CFR 60.93.

         RULE 8

(51.15)  STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR  PETROLEUM REFINERIES

         DEFINITIONS

         "Coke burn-off" means the coke removed from the surface  of the fluid
         catalytic cracking unit catalyst by combustion  in the catalyst regener-
         ator.  The rate of coke burn-off is calculated  by the formula specified
         in 40 CFR 60.106.  (60.101(h))

         "Fuel gas" means any gas which is generated by  a petroleum refinery
         process unit and which is combusted,  including  any gaseous mixture of
         natural gas and fuel gas which is combusted. (60.101(d))

         "Fuel gas combustion device" means any equipment, such as process
                                           -126-

-------
heaters, boilers and flares used to combust fuel gas,  but does not
Include fluid coking unit and fluid catalytic cracking unit Incinerator-
waste heat boilers or facilities in which gases are combusted to produce
sulfur or sulfuric acid.  (60.101(g))

"Petroleum" means the crude oil removed from the earth and the oils
derived from tar sands, shale, and coal.   (60.101(b))

"Petroleum refiner" means any facility engaged in producing gasoline,
kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual  fuel oils, lubricants, or
other products through distillation of petroleum or through redistillation,
cracking or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives.  (60.101(a))

"Process gas" means any gas generated by a petroleum refinery process
unit, except fuel gas and process upset gas as defined in these defini-
tions. (60.101(c))

"Process upset gas" means any gas generated by a petroleum refinery
process unit as a result of start-up, shut-down, upset or malfunction.
(60.101(e))

"Refinery process unit" means any segment pf the petroleum refinery in
which a specific processing operation is conducted. (60.101(f)) '

EMISSION STANDARD
This rule applies to the following affected facilities in petroleum
refineries:  Fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerators,
fluid catalytic cracking unit incinerator-waste heat boilers, and fuel
gas combustion devices, the construction or modification of which
commenced after June 11, 1973.

If any other rule or regulation of this District is more restrictive,
that rule shall apply.

        1.  On and after the date on which the performance test
            required to be conducted by Rule I.B.I, is completed, no
            owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Rule
            shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere:

            (a)  From any fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst
                 regenerator or from any fluid catalytic cracking
                 unit incinerator-waste heat boiler:

                 (1)  Particulate matter in excess of 1.0 lb/1000 Ibs.
                      of coke bum-off in the catalyst regenerator.
                      (60.102(a)(l))
                                  -127-

-------
        2.
                 (2)   Gases  which  exhibit 30  percent opacity or greater,
                      except for 3 minutes in any one hour.   Where  the
                      presence Of  uncombined  water is the only  reason
                      for failure  to meet the requirements of this
                      subparagraph* such  failure  shall  not be a violation
                      of this rule. (60.102(a)(2»

                 (3)   In those instances  in which auxiliary  liquid  or
                      solid  fossil fuels  are  burned in the fluid catal-
                      ytic cracking unit  incinerator-waste heat boiler,
                      particulate  matter  in excess  of that permitted
                      by subparagraph l.a) (1)  of this rule  may be
                      emitted to the atmosphere except that  the incre-
                      mental rate  of particulate  emissions shall  not
                      exceed 0.10  Ib/mlllion  B.T.U.  of heat  input
                      attributable to such liquid or solid fuel.
                      (60.102(b))

            (b)   From the fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regener*
                 ator any gases which contain carbon monoxide in excess
                 of 0.050 percent  by volume.  (60.103(a))
            (a)   On and after the date on which  the performance test
                 required to be conducted by Rule I.B.I,  is  completed,
                 no owner or operator subject to the provisions of
                 this rule shall burn in any fuel gas combustion device
                 any fuel gas which contains ^S in excess of 0.10 gr/
                 dscf, except as provided in subparagraph (b)  of this
                 paragraph.  The combustion process gas  or fuel gas
                 which is released to the flare  as a result  of relief
                 valve leakage, is exempt from this paragraph.
                 (60.104(a))

            (b)   The owner or operator may elect to treat the gases
                 resulting from the combustion of fuel gas in a manner
                 which limits the release of S02 to the  atmosphere if
                 it is shown to the satisfaction of the  control officer
                 that this prevents S02 emissions as effectively as
                 compliance with the requirements of subparagraph (a)
                 of this paragraph.  (60.104(b)
MONITORING
        1.  The owner or operator of any petroleum refinery subject to
            the provisions of this subpart shall  install,  calibrate,
                                  -128-

-------
   maintain, and operate monitoring Instruments as follows:
   (60,105)

   (a)  A photoelectric or other Jype smoke detector and
        recorder to continuously monitor and record the opacity
        of gases discharged into the atmosphere from the fluid
        catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator.

   (b)  An Instrument  for continuously monitoring and recording
        the  concentration of CO in gases discharged into the
        atmosphere from fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst
        regenerators,  except where the requirements of
        paragraph Ic of this monitoring section are met.

   (c)  Instruments for continuously monitoring and recording
        firebox temperature and 03 concentration in the
        exhaust gases  from any incinerator-waste heat boiler
        which  combusts the exhaust gases from a fluid catalytic
        cracking unit  catalyst regenerator except where the
        requirements of paragraph Ib of this monitoring section
        are  met.

   (d)  An instrument  for continuously monitoring and recording
        concentrations of t^S  in fuel gases burned in any  fuel
        gas  combustion device, except where the requirements
        2 b  of the emission standard are met.  Fuel gas combus-
        tion devices having a common source of fuel gas may
        be monitored at one location if sampling at this loca-
        tion produces  results representative of the
        concentration  in the fuel gas burned.

    (e)  An instrument  for continuously monitoring and recording
        concentrations of SO?  in the gases discharged into the
        atmosphere from the combustion of  fuel gases except
        where  the  requirements of 2 a of the emission standard
        are  met.

2.  Instruments and sampling systems installed and used pursuant
    to this section shall meet  specifications prescribed by
    the control officer and each  instrument shall be calibrated
    in accordance with  the method prescribed by the manufacture
    of such  instrument. The instruments shall be subjected
    to the manufacturer's recommended zero  adjustment and cali-
    bration procedures  at least once per 24-hour operating  period
    unless the  manufacturer specifies or recommends calibration
    at shorter  intervals, in which case such specification  or
    recommendations  shall be followed.
                          -129-

-------
3.  The average coke burn-off rate (thousands of kilogram/hr)
    and hours of operation for any fluid catalytic cracking
    unit catalyst regenerator subject to paragraph 1 (a) or
    1 (b) of the emission standard shall be recorded dally.

4.  For any fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator
    which 1s subject to paragraph 1 (a)  of the emission
    standard and which utilizes an incinerator-waste heat
    boiler to combust the exhaust gases  from the catalyst
    regenerator, the owner or operator shall record daily the
    rate of combustion of liquid or solid fossil fuels (liters/
    hr or kilograms/hr) and the hours of operation during which
    liquid or solid fossil fuels are combusted in the incinerator-
    waste heat boiler.

5.  For the purpose of reports pursuant  to Rule 1A, periods of
    excess emissions that shall be reported are defined as
    follows:

    (a)    Opacity -  all hourly  periods in which  there are  4 or more
          one-minute periods during which the average opacity of
          the gases  discharged  into.the  atmosphere  from  any fluid
          catalytic  cracking unit  catalyst  regenerator subject to
          paragraph  1  (a)  1n the emissions  standard equals or
          exceeds 30%.

    (b)    Carbon Monoxide  - all hourly periods during which the
          average carbon monoxide  concentration  1n  the gases dis-
          charged Into the atmosphere from  any fluid catalytic
          cracking  unit catalyst regenerator subject to  paragraph
          1  (b)  of  the emissions standard exceeds 0.050% by the
          volume; or any hourly average  in  which the 02  concen-
          tration and  the  fire  box temperature measurements indi-
          cate  that  the average concentration of CO in the gases
          discharged into  the atmosphere exceeds 0.050%  by volume
          for sources  which combust the  exhaust  gases from any
          fluid catalytic  cracking unit  catalyst regenerator sub-
          ject  to paragraph 1  (b)  of  the emissions  standard in an
          incinerator  waste heat boiler  and for  which the  owener
          or operator  elects to monitor  in  accordance with para-
          graph 1  (c)  of this monitoring section.

    (c)    Hydrogen  sulfide - all hourly  periods  during which the
          average hydrogen sulfide content  of  any fuel gas com-
          busted in  any fuel gas combustion device  subject to
          paragraph  2  (a)  of the emissions  standard exceeds 0.10
          gr/dscf except where  the requirements  of  paragraph 2  (b)
          of the emissions standard are  met.
                         -130-

-------
           (d)   Sulfur dioxide - all hourly periods during which the
                 average sulfur dioxide emissions discharged Into the
                 atmosphere from any fuel gas combustion device subject
                 to paragraph 2 of the emission standard exceed the
                 level specified 1n paragraph 2 (b) of the emission
                 standard except where the requirements of paragraph
                 2 (a) of the emission standard are met.
TESTING PROCEDURE

(See Rule l.b. for performance test requirements)

Emissions shall be tested according to the method specified in 40 CFR
60.106.
                                 -131-

-------
          RULE 9

(51.16)   STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR STORAGE VESSELS FOR PETROLEUM LIQUIDS

          DEFINITIONS

          "Condensate" means hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural  gas  which
          condenses due to changes 1n the temperature and/or pressure and remains
          liquid at standard conditions. (60.111(f))

          "Custody transfer" means the transfer of produced petroleum and/or
          condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing
          operations, from storage tanks or automatic transfer facilities to
          pipelines or any other forms of transportation. (60.111(g))

          "Drilling and production facility" means all drilling and servicing
          equipment, wells, flow lines, separators, equipment, gathering lines,
          and auxiliary non-transportation-related equipment used in the production
          of petroleum but does not include natural gasoline  plants.  (60.111(h)),

          "Floating roof means a storage vessel cover consisting of a double
          deck, pontoon single deck,  Internal floating cover or covered floating
          roof, which rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being
          contained, and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close  the
          space between the roof edge and tank wall.   (60.111(3))

          "Hydrocarbon" means any organic compound consisting predominantly of
          carbon and hydrogen.  (60.Ill(e))

          "Petroleum" means the crude oil removed from the earth and the oils
          derived from tar sands, shale, and coal. (60.111(d))

          "Petroleum liquids" means petroleum, condensate, and any finished or
          intermediate products manufactured In a petroleum refinery but does
          not mean Numbers 2 through 6 fuel oils as specified in ASTM-D-396-69,
          gas turbine fuel oils Numbers 2-6T through 4-GT as specified in
          ASTM-D-975-68.  (60.111(b))

          "Petroleum refinery" means any facility engaged in producing gasoline,
          kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, or
          other products through distillation of petroleum or through
          redistillation, cracking, or reforming of unfinished petroleum deri-
          vatives. (60.111(c))

          "Reid vapor pressure" is the absolute vapor pressure of volatile  crude
          oil and volatile non-viscous petroleum liquids, except liquified  petro-
          leum gases, as determined by ASTM-D-323-58 (reapproved 1968). (60.111(1))
                                            -132-

-------
"Storage vessel" means any tank, reservoir,  or container used for the
storage of petroleum liquids,  but does not include:

        1.  Pressure vessels which are designed to operate in excess of
            15 pounds per square inch guage  without emissions to the
            atmosphere except  under emergency conditions.

        2.  Subsurface caverns or porous rock reservoirs,  or

        3.  Underground tanks  if the total volume of petroleum liquids
            added to and taken from a tank annually does not exceed
            twice the volume of the tank.  (60.1 11 (a))

"True vapor pressure" means the equilibrium partial pressure exerted
by a petroleum liquid as determined in accordance with  methods described
in American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517 "Evaporation Loss From
Floating Roof Tanks," 1962. (60.111(1))

"Vapor recovery system" means  a vapor gathering system capable of  :
collecting all hydrocarbon vapors and gases discharged from the storage
vessel and a vapor disposal system capable of processing such hydrocarbon
vapors and gases so as to prevent their emission to the atmosphere.
EMISSION STANDARD

This rule applies to storage vessels for petroleum liquids the construc-
tion or modification of which commenced after March 8, 1974, of more than
40,000 gallons storage capacity except it shall not apply to storage
vessels for petroleum or condensate stored, processed, and/or treated
at a drilling and production facility prior to custody transfer.
(60.110 (a) and (b))

If any other rule or regulation of this District is more restrictive,
that rule shall apply.

The owner or operator of any storage vessel to which this rule applies
shall store petroleum liquids as follows:

        1.  If the true vapor pressure of the petroleum liquid, as
            stored, is equal to or greater than 78 mm Hg (1.5 psia)
            but not greater than 570 ran Hg (11.1 psia) the storage
            vessel shall be equipped with a floating roof, a vapor
            recovery system, or their equivalents.  (60.112(a)0))

        2.  If the true vapor pressure of the petroleum liquid as stored
            is greater than 570 mm Hg (11.1 psia), the storage vessel
            shall be equipped with a vapor recovery system or its
                                  -133-

-------
                     equivalent.  (60.112(aj(2))

          MONITORING

          The  owner  or operator of any storage vessel to which this rule applies
          shall  for  each such storage vessel maintain a file of each type of
          petroleum  liquid stored, of the typical Reid vapor pressure of each type
          of petroleum liquid stored, and of the dates of storages.  Dates on
          which  the  storage vessel is empty shall be shown. (60.113(a))

          The  owner  or operator of any storage vessel to which this rule applies
          shall  for  each such storage vessel determine and record the average
          monthly  storage temperature and true vapor pressure of the petroleum
          liquid stored at such temperature if:

                  1.  The petroleum  liquid has a true vapor pressure, as stored,
                     greater than 26 mm Hg (0.5 psia) but less than 78 mm Hg
                     (1.5 psia) and is stored in a storage vessel other than
                     one equipped with a floating roof, a vapor recovery system
                     or their equivalents; or

                  2.  The petroleum  liquid has a true vapor pressure, as stored,
                     greater than 470 mm Hg (9.1 psia) and is stored in a storage
                     vessel other than one equipped with a vapor recovery system
                     or its equivalent.  (60.113(b))

          The  average monthly storage temperature is an arithmetic average calcul-
          ated for each calendar month, or portion thereof if storage is for
          less than  a month, from  bulk liquid storage temperatures determined
          at least once every 7 days. (60.113(c))

          The  true vapor pressure  shall be determined by the procedures in
          API  Bulletin 2517.  This procedure is dependent upon determination of
          the  storage temperature  and the Reid vapor pressure, which requires
          sampling of the petroleum  liquids in the storage vessels.  Unless the
          control  officer requires in specific cases that the stored petroleum
          liquid be  sampled, the true vapor pressure may be determined by using
          the  average monthly storage temperature and the typical Reid vapor
          pressure.   For those liquids for which certified specifications limiting
          the  Reid vapor pressure  exist, that Reid vapor pressure may be used.
          For  other  liquids, supporting anlytical data must be made available on
          request  to the control officer when typical Reid vapor pressure is used.
          (60.113(d))

          RULE 10

(51.17)    STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE  FOR SECONDARY LEAD SMELTERS
                                           -134-

-------
DEFINITIONS

"Lead" means elemental lead or alloys 1n which the predominant component
1s lead. (60.121(c))

"Reverberatory furnace" includes the following types of reverberatory
furnaces: stationary, rotating, rocking, or tilting. (60.121(a))

"Secondary lead smelter" means any facility producing lead from a
lead-bearing scrap material by smelting to the metallic form. (60.121(b))

EMISSION STANDARD

This rule applies to the following facilities 1n secondary lead smelters,
the construction or modification of which commenced after June 11, 1973:
pot furnaces of more than 550 pound charging capacity, (60.120) blast
(cupola) furnaces, and reverberatory furnaces.

If any other rule or regulation of this District Is more restrictive,
that rule shall apply.

On and after the date on which the performance test required to be
conducted by Rule I.B.I. 1s completed, no owner or operator of a
facility subject to the provisions of this rule shall cause to be d1s- ;•
charged Into the atmosphere:

        1.  From a blast (cupola) or reverberatory furnace any gases
            which:
                 (a)  Contain particulate matter In excess of 0.022
                      gr/dscf.  (60.122(a)(l))

                 (b)  Exhibit 20 percent opacity or greater.  .
                      (60.122(a)(2))

        2.  From pot furnaces any gases which exhibit 10 percent opacity
            or greater. (60.122(b))

Where the presence of uncomblned water 1s the only reason for failure
to meet the requirements of paragraphs l.b and 2 of this rule, such
failure shall not be a violation of this rule. (60.122(c))

MONITORING
                                  -135-

-------
          TESTING PROCEDURE

          (See Rule I.B.  for performance test requirements)

          Emissions shall be tested according to the method  specified In 40
          CFR 60,123.

          RULE 11

(51.17)   STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR SECONDARY BRASS AND BRONZE INGOT PRODUCTION
          PLANTS

          DEFINITIONS
          "Blast furnace" means any furnace used to recover metal  for slag.
          (60.131(d))

          "Brass or bronze" means any metal alloy containing copper as its pre-
          dominant constituent, and lesser amounts of zinc, tin,  lead, or other
          metals. (60.131(a))

          "Electric furnace" means any furnace which uses electricity to produce
          over 50 percent of the heat required in the production  of refined brass
          or bronze.  (60.131(c))

          "Reverberatory furnace" Includes the following types of reverberatory
          furnaces: stationary, rotating, rocking or tilting.  (60.131(b))

          EMISSION STANDARD
          This rule applies to the following facilities in secondary brass and
          bronze Ingot production plants, the construction or modification of
          which commenced after June 11, 1973:   reverberatory and electric furnaces
          of 2205 Ib or greater production capacity and blast (cupola)  furnaces
          of 550 Ib/hour or greater production capacity. (60.130)

          If any other rule or regulation of this District is more restrictive,
          that rule shall apply.

          On and after the date on which the performance test required to be
          conducted  by Rule I.B.I, is completed, no owner or operator of a
          subject to the provisions of this rule shall cause to be discharged
          Into the atmosphere:
                  (a) From a reverberatory furnace any gases which:

                      (1)  Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.022 gr/dscf
                           (60.132(a)(l))
                                            -136-

-------
                  (2)  Exhibit 20 percent opacity or greater.  (60.132(a)(2))

                      (b)   From any blast (cupola)  or electric furnace any gases
                           which exhibit 10 percent opacity or greater.  (60.132(b))

          Where the presence of uncombined water is the only reason for failure
          to meet the  requirements of Rule 11  a (2) and 11  b,  such  failure shall
          not be a violation of this rule.  (60.132(c))

          MONITORING
          TESTING PROCEDURE

          (See Rule l.B.  for performance test requirements)

          Emissions shall be tested according to the method  specified in 40
          CFR 60.134.

          RULE 12

(51.4)     STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR IRON AND STEEL PLANTS

          DEFINITIONS

          "Basic oxygen process furnace" means any furnace producing steel  by
          charging scrap steel, hot metal, and flux materials into a vessel and
          introducing a high volume of an oxygen - rich base.  (60.141(a))

          "Steel production cycle"  means the operations required to produce
          each batch of steel and includes the following major functions:
          scrap charging, preheating (when used),  hot metal  charging, primary
          oxygen blowing, additional oxygen blowing (when used)  and tapping.
          (60.141(b))

          EMISSION STANDARD
          This rule applies to basic oxygen process  furnaces  of iron and steel
          plants, the construction or modification of which commenced after
          June 11, 1973.   (60.140)
                                            -137-

-------
          If any other rule or regulation of this  District is  more  restrictive,
          that rule shall  apply*

          On and after the date on which the performance test  required to be
          conducted by Rule I.B.I, is  completed, no owner or operator subject
          to the provisions of this Rule shall  cause to be discharged into the
          atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which  contain parti cu-
          late matter in excess of 0.022 gr/dscf.   (60.142(a)(l))

          TESTING PROCEDURE
          (See Rule l.B.  for performance test requirements)

          Emissions shall be tested according to the method  specified in 40
          CFR 60.  144

          RULE 13

(51.9)    STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTS

          DEFINITIONS  (Not promulgated in the Federal Register)

          "Sewage" means  the spent water of a community consisting of a combination
          of liquid- and  water-carried wastes from residences,  commercial  buildings,
          industrial plants, and institutions, together with any  ground water,
          surface  water,  and storm water that may be present.  (60.151(d))

          "Sewage  sludge" means the solid waste byproduct of municipal sewage
          treatment processes,  including any solids removed  in any unit operation
          of such  treatment process.   (60.151(b))

          "Sewage  sludge  incinerator" means any combustion device used in the
          process  of burning sewage sludge for the primary purpose of solids
          sterilization and to reduce the volume of waste by removing combustible
          matter,  but does not include portable facilities or  facilities used
          solely for burning scum or other floatable materials, recalcining
          lime, or regenerating activated carbon.  (60.151(a))

          "Sewage  treatment plant" means any arrangement of  devices and structures
          for the  treatment of sewage and all appurtenances  used  for treatment
          and disposal of sewage and other waste byproducts.  (60.151(c))

          EMISSION STANDARD
          This rule applies to municipal  sewage treatment sludge incinerators
          the construction or modification of which commenced after June 11,  1973.
          (60.150)
                                            -138-

-------
         If any other rule or regulation of this district is more restrictive,
         that rule shall apply.

         On and after the date on which the performance test required to be
         conducted by Rule I.B.I, is completed, no owner or operator subject
         to the provisions of this Rule shall cause to be discharged into the
         atmosphere from an affected facility any gases which:

                 1.  Contain particulate matter at a rate in excess of 1.30 Ib/ton
                     of dry sludge input.  (60.152(a))

                 2.  Exhibit 20 percent opacity or greater.  Where the presence
                     of uncombined water is the only reason for failure to
                     meet the requirements of this subparagraph, such failure
                     shall not be a violation of this rule.  (60.T52(a))

         MONITORING

         The owner or operator of any sludge incinerator subject to the provisions
         of this rule shall:

                 1.  Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow measuring
                     device which can be used to determine either the mass or
                     volume of sludge charged to the incinerator.  The flow
                     measuring device shall have an accuracy of + 5 percent
                     over its operating range.  (60.153(a)(l))

                 2.  Provide access to the sludge charged so that a well-mixed
                     representative grab sample of the sludge can be obtained.
                     (60.153(a)(2))

         TESTING PROCEDURE

         (See Rule l.B. "for performance test requirements.)

         Emissions shall be tested according to the method specified in 40
         CFR 60.154.

                                  REGULATION 8

(11.0)   EMISSION  STANDARDS FOR  HAZARDOUS  POLLUTANTS

(1.0)    DEFINITIONS

          "Affected facility11 means any apparatus to which a standard is applicable
          (60.2(e))                                :

          ''Commenced" means  that  an owner or  operator has undertaken a continuous
                                            -139-

-------
program of construction or modification or that an owner or operator
has entered Into a contractual obligation to undertake and complete,
within a reasonable time a continuous program of construction or
modification. (60.2(1))

"Construction" means fabrication, erection, or installation of an
affected facility.  (60.2(g))

"Malfunction" means any sudden and unavoidable failure of air
pollution control equipment or process equipment or of a process to
operate in a normal or usual manner.  Failures that are caused entirely
or 1n part by poor maintenance, careless operation, or any other
preventable upset condition or preventable equipment breakdown shall
not be considered malfunctions.  (60.2(q))

"Modification" means any physical change in, or change in the method
of operation of, an affected facility which increases the amount of
any air pollutant (to which a standard applies) emitted by such facility
or which results in the emission of any air pollutant (to which
a standard applies) not previously emitted, except that:

        1.  Routine, maintenance, repair, and replacement shall not
            be considered physical changes, and

        2.  The following shall not be considered a change in the method
            of operation:

            (a)  An Increase in the production rate, if such increase
                 does not exceed the operating design capacity of the
                 affected facility:

            (b)  An increase in hours of operation:

            (c)  Use of an alternative fuel or raw material if, prior
                 to the date any new source performance standard under
                 40 CFR 60 becomes applicable to such facility,
                 the affected facility is designed to accommodate such
                 alternative use.  (60.2(h))

"Owner or operator" means any person who owns, leases, operates, controls,
or supervises an affected facility or a stationary source of which an
affected facility Is a part.  (60.2(f))
 Numbers In parenthesis refer to Sections in Title 40 Code of Federal
 Regulations, Parts 60 and 61, the documents in which the new source
 performance standards and national emission standards for hazardous
 ,air pollutants are promulgated.
                                  =140-

-------
         "Shutdown" means the cessation of operation of an affected facility for
         any purpose.  (60.2(p))

         "Startup" means the setting 1n operation of an affected facility for
         any purpose.  (60.2(o))

         RULE 1

 (2.0)    NESHAPS GENERAL PROVISIONS

         A.  Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of these rules and
             regulations shall furnish the control officer written notification
             as follows:

                 1.  A notification of the anticipated date of initial startup
                     of the source not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days
                     prior to such date.

                 2.  A notification of the actual date of initial startup of
                     of the source within 15 days after such date.  (61.09)

         B.

                 1.  Emission tests may be waived upon written application to the
                     control officer if, in his judgement, the source is.
                     meeting the standard.

                 2.  Approval of any waiver granted pursuant to this Rule 1,
                     or pursuant to 40 CFR 61.13, shall not abrogate the control
                     officer's authority under these rules and regulations or
                     in any way prohibit the control officer from later canceling
                     such waiver.  Such cancellation will be made only after
                     notice 1s given to owner or operator of the source. (61.13)

         C.  Method  101- 102, 103. and 104 in Appendix B of 40 CFR 61 shall be
             used  for all source tests required pursuant to these rules and
             regulations relating to emission standards for hazardous air
             pollutants.

         RULE  2

(51.21)   EMISSION  STANDARD FOR ASBESTOS

         DEFINITIONS (61.21)

         "Asbestos"  means actinolite, amosite, anthophylUte, chrysotile,
         crocldolite, tremolite.
                                           -141-

-------
"Asbestos material" means asbestos or any material containing asbestos.

"Asbestos mill" means any facility engaged in the conversion or any
intermediate step in the conversion of asbestos ore into commercial
asbestos.  Outside storage of asbestos materials is not considered a
part of such facility.

"Asbestos tailings" means any solid waste product of asbestos mining or
milling operations which contains asbestos.

"Commercial asbestos" means any variety of asbestos which is produced
by extracting asbestos from asbestos ore.

"Demolition" means the wrecking or removal of any load-supporting
structural member.

"Manufacturing" means the combining of commercial asbestos, or in the
case of woven friction products the combining of textiles containing
commercial asbestos, with any other materialOs), including commercial
asbestos, and the processing of this combination into a product as
specified in paragraph C.

"Outside air" means the air outside buildings and structures.

"Particulate asbestos material" means finely divided particles of asbestos
material.

"Visible emissions" means any emissions which are visually detectable
without the aid of instruments and which contain particulate asbestos
material.

EMISSION STANDARD

A person shall not cause to be discharged into the atmosphere asbestos
in the following amounts from the sources listed:

A.  Asbestos mills:  There shall be no visible emissions to the outside
    air from any asbestos mill except as provided in Paragraph F of
    this rule. (61.22(a))

B.  Roadways:  The surfacing of roadways with asbestos tailings is
    prohibited, except for temporary roadways on an area of asbestos
    ore deposits.  The deposition of asbestos tailings on roadways
    covered with snow or ice is considered "surfacing".  (61.22(b))

C.  Manufacturing:  There shall be no visible emissions to the outside
    air, except as provided in Paragraph F of this rule, from any
    buildingor structure in which the following operations are conducted
                                  -142-

-------
    or directly from any  of the  following operations 1f they are conducted
    outside of buildings  or structures.

        1.   The manufacture of cloth, cord, wicks, tubing, tape, twine,
        rope,  thread, yarn, roving,  lap, or other textile materials.

     .  2.   The manufacture of cement products.

        3.   The manufacturing of fireproofIng and Insulating materials.

        4.   The manufacture of friction  products.

        5.   The manufacture of paper, millboard, and felt.

        6.   The manufacture of floor tile.

        7.   The manufacture of paints, coatings, caulks, adheslves,
            sealants.

        8.   The manufacture of plastics  and rubber materials.
                                                             »
        9.   The manufacture of chlorine.   (61.22(c))

D.  Demolition:  Any owner or operator of  a demolition operation who
    Intends to demolish any institutional, commercial, or  Industrial
    building (Including apartment buildings having more than  four
    dwelling units), structure,  facility,  Installation, or portion
    thereof which contains any boiler, pipe or load-supporting structural
    member that is insulated or  fireporoofed  with  friable  asbestos
    material shall comply with the requirements set  forth  in  this
    paragraph.

    1.  Written notice of intention to demolish shall  be provided  to
        the control officer at  least 10  days  prior to  commencement of
        such demolition or anytime prior to commencement of demolition
        subject to paragraph D  3 of this rule.  Such notice shall  include
        the following information:

        (a)  Name of owner or operator.

        (b)  Address of owner or operator.

        (c)  Description of the  building,  structure, facility, or
             Installation to be  demolished.

        (d) .Address or location of the  building,  structure,  facility
             or installation.

        (e)  Scheduled starting  and completion dates of demolition.
                                  -143-

-------
    (f)  Method of demolition to be employed.

    (g)  Procedures to be employed to meet the requirements
         of this paragraph.  (61.22(d))

2.  The following procedures shall be used to  prevent emissions
    of partlculate asbestos material to  outside air:

    (a)  Friable asbestos materials, used to Insulate
         or fireproof any boiler, pipe,  or load-supporting
         structural member, shall be wetted and removed from
         any building, structure, facility, or installation
         subject to this paragraph before wrecking of load-
         supporting structural members 1s commenced.   Boilers,
         pipe, or load-supporting structural members  that are
         insulated or fireproofed with friable asbestos
         materials may be removed as units or  in sections
         without stripping or wetting except that where the
         boiler, pipe, or load-supporting structural  member 1s
         cut or disjointed, the exposed  friable asbestos materials
         shall be wetted.  Friable asbestos debris shall be
         wetted adequately to insure that such debris remains
         wet during all stages of demolition and related
         handling operations.  (61.22(d))

    (b)  No pipe or load-supporting structural member that is
         covered with friable asbestos Insulating or  fire-
         proofing material shall be dropped or thrown to the
         ground from any building, structure,  facility, or
         installation subject to this paragraph, but  shall be
         carefully lowered or taken to ground  level.

    (c)  No friable asbestos debris shall be dropped  or thrown
         to the ground from any building, structure,  or install-
         ation subject to this paragraph, or from any floor
         to any floor below.  For buildings, structures,
         facilities or Installation, 50  feet or greater in
         height, friable asbestos debris shall be transported
         to the ground via dust-tight chutes or containers.

3.  Any owner or operator of a demolition operation who Intends
    to demolish a building, structure, facility, or installation
    to which the provisions of this paragraph  would be
    applicable but which has been declared by  proper  State or
    local authority to be structurally unsound and which is
    in danger of imminent collapse is exempt from the require-
    ments of this paragraph other than the reporting  require-
    ments specified by paragraph D 1 of this rule and the
                          -144-

-------
            wetting of friable asbestos  debris  as  specified by paragraph
            D 2 of this rule.   (61,22(dK4))

E.  Spraying:  There shall  be  no visible emissions to the outside air
    from the spray-on application of materials  containing more than
    1 percent asbestos, on  a dry weight  basis,  used to Insulate or
    fireproof equipment and machinery, except as provided 1n paragraph F
    of this rule.  Spray-on materials used to Insulate or fireproof
    buildings, structures,  pipes, and conduits  shall  contain less than
    1 percent asbestos on a dry weight basis.

    1.  Any owner or operator  who Intends to spray asbestos materials to
        Insulate or fireproof  buildings, structures,  pipes, conduits,
        equipment, and machinery shall report such intention to the
        control officer at  least 20 days prior  to  the commencement of
        the spraying operation.  Such report shall include the following
        Information:

        (a) Name of owner or operator

        (b) Address of owner or operator

        (c) Location of spraying operation

        (d) Procedures to be followed to meet the  requirements of this
            paragraph.  (61.22(e))

F.  Rather than meet the no-visible emission requirements of paragraph
    A, C and E of this rule, an owner or operator may elect to use the
    methods specified 1n paragraph H to  clean emissions containing
    participate asbestos material before such emissions escape to,
    or are vented to, the outside air.   (61.22(f))

G.  Where the presence of uncomblned water is the  sole reason for failure
    to meet the no-visible-emiss1on requirement of paragraphs A, C, or
    E of this section, such failure shall not be a violation of such
    emission requirements.

H.  If air-cleaning 1s elected, as permitted by paragraph F, the require-
    ments of this paragraph H  must be met.

    1.  Fabric filter collection devices must be used, except as noted
        1n subparagraphs 2  and 3 of this paragraph.  $uch devices must
        be operated at a pressure drop of no more  than 4 inches water
        gage, as measured across the filter fabric.  The airflow
        permeability, as determined by ASTM method 0737-69, must not
        exceed 30 ft3/m1n/ftz  for woven  fabrics or 35 ft3/min/ft2 for
        felted fabrics, except that 40 ft3/min/ft2 for woven and 45 ft3/
                                  -145-

-------
        ra1n/ft2 for felted fabrics  is  allowed for filtering air from
        asbestos ore dryers.   Each  square yard of felted fabric must
        weigh at least 14 ounces  and be at least one-sixteenth Inch
        thick throughout.  Synthetic fabrics  must not contain fill
        yarn other than that  which  is  spun.   (61.23(a))

    2.   If the use of fabric  filters creates  a fire or explosion hazard,
        the control officer may authorize the use of wet collectors
        designed to operate with  a  unit contacting energy of at least
        40 inches water gage  pressure.  (61.23(b))

    3.   The control officer may authorize the use of filtering equipment
        other than that described in subparagraphs 1 and 2 of this
        paragraph 1f the owner or operator demonstrates  to the satis-
        faction of the control officer that the filtering of particulate
        asbestos material 1s  equivalent to that of the described
        equipment.  (61.23(c))

    4.   All air-cleaning equipment  authorized by this rule must be
        properly Installed, used, operated, and maintained.  Bypass
        devices may be used only  during upset or emergency conditions
        and then only for so  long as it takes to shut down the operation
        generating the part1culate  asbestos material.  (61.23(d))

If any other rule or regulation of  this district 1s more restrictive,
that rule shall apply.

REPORTING

The owner or operator of any  existing  source to which this rule is
applicable shall, within 90 days  after the effective date, provide  the
following Information to the  control officer:

    1.   A description of the  emission  control equipment used for each
        process.  (61.24(a))

    2.   If a fabric filter device is used to control emissions, the
        pressure drop across  the  fabric filter 1n Inches water gage.

        (a) If the fabric filter  device utilizes a woven fabric, the
            airflow permeability  in ft3/min/ft2; and, if the fabric
            is synthetic, indicate  whether the fill yarn is spun or not
            spun.

        (b) If the fabric filter  device utilizes a felted fabric, the
            density in oz/yd2, the  minimum thickness in inches, and
            the airflow permeability in ft3/m-jn/ft2.  (61.24(b))
                                  -146-

-------
         RULE 3

(50.7)   EMISSION STANDARD FOR BERYLLIUM

         DEFINITIONS   (61.31)

         "Beryllium? means the element beryllium.   Where weights or concentrations
         are specified, such weights or concentrations apply to beryllium only,
         excluding the weight or concentration of any associated elements.

       .  "Beryllium alloy" means any metal  to which beryllium has been added
         1n order to Increase Its beryllium content and which contains more
         than 0.1 percent beryllium by weight.

         "Beryllium-containing waste" means material contaminated with beryllium
         and/or beryllium compounds used or generated during any process or
         operation performed by a source subject to this rule.

         "Beryllium ore" means any naturally occurring material mined or gathered
         for its beryllium content.

         "Ceramic plant" means a manufacturing plant producing ceramic items.

         "Extraction plant" means a facility chemically processing beryllium ore
         to beryllium metal, alloy, or oxide, or performing any of the Inter-
         mediate steps in these processes.                          .

         "Foundry" means a facility engaged in the melting or casting of beryllium
         metal or alloy.

         "Incinerator1.1 for the purpose of this Rule only., means any. furnace
         used in the process of burning waste for the primary purpose of reducing
         the volume of the waste by removing combustible matter.

         "Machine shop" means a facility performing cutting, grinding, turning,
         honing, milling, deburring, lapping, electrochemical machining, etching,
         or other similar operations.

         "Propel1 ant" means a fuel and oxidlzer physically or chemically combined
         which undergoes combustion to provide rocket propulsion.

         "Propel!ant plant" means any facility engaged in the mixing, casting,
         or machining of propellant.

         EMISSION STANDARD
         A.  No person shall discharge or cause the discharge to the atmosphere
             of more than 10 grams of beryllium over a 24-hour period from the
             following stationary sources.  (61.32(a)):
                                           -147-

-------
    1.  Extraction plants, ceramic plants, foundries, incinerators,
        and propel1 ant plants which process beryllium ore, beryllium,
        beryllium cxide, beryllium alloys, or beryllium-containing waste.
        (61.30(a))

    2.  Machine shops which process beryllium, beryllium oxides,  or any
        alloy when such alloy contains more than 5 percent beryllium
        by weight.  (61.30(b»

B.  Rather than meet the requirement of paragraph A of this rule
    ah owner or operator may request approval from the control  officer
    to meet an ambient concentration limit on beryllium in the  vicinity
    of the stationary source of 0.01 >ig/m3, averaged over a 30-day
    period.

    1.  Approval of such requests may be granted by the control officer
        provided that:

        (a) At least 3 years of data is available which in the  judgement
            of the control officer demonstrates that the future ambient
            concentrations of beryllium in the vicinity of the  stationary
            source will not exceed 0.01 ug/nn, averaged over a  30-day
            period.  Such 3-year period shall be the 3 years ending 30
            days before the effective date of this standard as
            promulgated in 40 CFR 61.  (April 6, 1973}

        (b) The owner or operator requests such approval in writing within
            30 days after the effective date of this rule.

        (c) The owner or operator submits a report to the control officer
            within 45 days after the effective date of this rule  which
            report includes the following information:

            (1)  Description of sampling method including the method
                 and frequency of calibration.

            (2)  Method of sample analysis.

            (3)  Averaging technique for determining 30-day average
                 concentrations.

            (4)  Number, identity, and location (address, coordinates,
                 or distance and heading from plant) of sampling  sites.

            (5)  Ground elevations and height above ground of sampling
                 inlets.

            (6)  Plant and sampTihg area plots showing emission points
                                  -148-

-------
            (7)   Information  necessary  for estimating dispersion
                 Including  stack  height,  Inside diameter, exit gas
                 temperature,  exit velocity or flow  rate, and beryllium
                 concentration.

            (8)   A description of data  and procedures (methods or models)
                 used to design the air sampling  network  (i.e. number
                 and location of  sampling sites).

        (d)  Air sampling data Indicating  beryllium concentrations in
            the vicinity of the stationary source for the 3-year  period.
            specified in subparagraph 1 .a) of this paragraph.  This data
            shall be presented chronologically and include  the
            beryllium concentration and location  of  each  individual
            sample taken by the network and the corresponding 30-day
            average beryllium concentrations.

    2.  Within 60 days after  receiving  such report,  the control officer
        will notify the owner or  operator 1n writing whether approval
        is granted or denied. Prior to denying approval  to comply
        with the provisions of paragraph  B of this rule,  the control
        officer will consult  with representatives of the  stationary
        source for which the  demonstration report was submitted.  *
        (61.32(b))

C.  The burning of beryllium  and/or beryllium-containing  waste, except
    propel1ants, is prohibited except in  incinerators,  emissions  from
    which must comply with  this  rule.  (61.32(c))

If any other rule or regulation  of this District  is  more  restrictive,
that rule shall apply.

MONITORING
    1.  Stationary sources subject to paragraph B shall  locate air
        sampling sites 1n accordance with a plan approved by the control
        officer.  Such sites shall be located in such a  manner as 1s
        calculated to detect maximum concentrations of beryllium in
        the ambient air.   (61.34(a))

    2.  All monitoring sites shall  be operated continuously except for
        a reasonable time allowance for instrument maintenance and
        calibration, for changing filters, or for replacement of equipment
        needing major repair.  (61.34(b))

    3.  Filters shall be analyzed and concentrations calculated within ••-.
        30 days after filters are collected.  Records of concentrations
        at all sampling sites and other data needed to determine such
                                   -149-

-------
        concentrations shall be retained at the source and made available,
        for Inspection by the control officer for a minimum of 2 years.
        (61.34(c))

    4.  Concentrations measured at all sampling sites shall be reported
        to the control officer every 30 days by a registered letter.
        (61.34(d))

    5.  The control officer may at any time require changes 1n, or
        expansion of the sampling network.  (61.34(e))

TESTING PROCEDURE

    1.  Unless a waiver of emission testing 1s obtained under Rule 1
        or has been previously granted under 40 CFR 61.13. each owner
        or operator required to comply with paragraph A shall test
        emissions from his source:

        (a) Within 90 days of the effective date of this Rule.

        (b) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source.

    2.  The control officer shall be notified at least 30 days prior
        to an emission test so that he may at his option observe the
        test.  (61.33(b))  At his option, the control officer may
        conduct the required test.

    3.  Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are
        necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which
        will occur in any 24-hour period.  Where emissions depend
        upon the relative frequency of operation of different types
        of processes, operating hours, operating capacities, or other
        factors, the calculation of maximum 24-hour period emissions
        will be based on that combination of factors which is likely
        to occur during the subject period and which result in the
        maximum emissions.  No changes in the operation shall be made
        which would potentially Increase emissions above that determined
        by the most recent source test, until a new emission level
        has been estimated by calculation and the results reported to
        the control officer.  (61.33(c))

    4.  All samples shall be analyzed and beryllium emissions shall be
        determined within 30 days after the source test.  All determin-
        ations shall be reported to the control officer by a registered
        letter dispatched before the close of the next business day
        following such determination.  (61.33(d))
                                   -150-

-------
              5.   Records  of emission  test  results and other data needed to
                  determine total  emissions shall be  retained at the source and
                  made available,  for  Inspection by the control officer, for  a
                  minimum  of 2 years.   (61,33{e))

          RULE 4

(51.21)    EMISSION STANDARD FOR BERYLLIUM ROCKET MOTOR FIRING

          DEFINITIONS  (60.41)

          ""Beryllium propellant" means any  propellent Incorporating beryllium.

          "Pocket motor test site" means any building, structure,  facility, or
          Installation where the static test firing of a  beryllium rocket  motor
          and/or the disposal of beryllium  propellant Is  conducted.

          EMISSION STANDARD
          A.  No person may discharge or cause the discharge of emissions to the
              atmosphere:

              1.  From rocket-motor tests sites which cause time weighted atmos-
                  pheric concentrations of beryllium to exceed 75 microgram
                  minutes per cubic meter of air within the limits of 10 to 60
                  minutes, accumulated during any 2 consecutive weeks, in any
                  area 1n which an effect adverse to public health could occur.
                  (61.42(a))

              2.  If combustion products from the firing of beryllium propellant
                  are collected in a closed tank, emissions from such tank shall
                  not exceed 2 grams per hour and a maximum of 10 grams per day.
                  (61.42(b))

          If any other rule or regulation of this District 1s more restrictive
          that rule shall apply.

          MONITORING

              1.  Ambient air concentrations shall be measured during and after
                  firing of a rocket motor or propellant disposal and in such
                  a manner that the effect of these emissions can be compared
                  with the standard.  Such sampling techniques shall be approved
                  by. the control officer.  (61.43(a))

              2.  All samples shall be analyzed and results shall be calculated
                  within 30 days after samples are taken and before any subsequent

-------
        rocket motor firing or propel1ant disposal at the given site.
        All results shall be reported to the control officer by a
        registered letter dispatched before the close of the next business
        day following determination of such results.  (61.43(b))

    3.  Records of air sampling test results and other data needed to
        determine Integrated Intermittent concentrations shall be
        retained at the source and made available, for Inspection by
        the control officer* for a minimum of 2 years.  (61.43(c))

    4.  The control officer shall be notified at least 30 days prior to
        an air sampling test, so that he may at his option observe the
        test.  (61.43(4))  At his option, the control officer may
        conduct the required test.

TESTING PROCEDURE
    1.  Source subject to paragraph A 2 of this rule shall be continu-
        ously sampled, during release of combustion products from the
        tank, in such a manner that compliance with the standards can
        be determined.  The provisions of Rule 1 shall apply.  (61.44(a))

   .2.  All samples shall be analyzed, and beryllium emissions shall be
        determined within 30 days after samples are taken and before
        any subsequent rocket motor firing or propellant disposal at
        the given site.  All determinations shall be reported to the
        control officer by a registered letter dispatched before the
        close of the next business day following such determinations.
        (61.44(b))

    3.  Records of emission test results and other data needed to
      .  determine total emissions shall be retained at the source
        and made available, for Inspection by the control officer,
        for a minimum of 2 years.  (61.44(c);

    4.  The control officer shall be notified at least 30 days prior to
        an emission test, so that.he may at his option observe the
        test.  (61.44(d))  At his option, the control officer may conduct
        the required test.

"Mercury chlor-alkall electrolyzer" means an electrolytic device which
is part of a mercury chlor-alkall cell and utilizes a flowing mercury
cathode to produce chlorine gas and alkali metal amalgam.

"Mercury ore" means a mineral mined specifically for its mercury content.

"Mercury ore processing facility" means a facility processing mercury
ore to obtain mercury.
                                  -152-

-------
EMISSION STANDARD

A.  Emissions to the atmosphere from those stationary sources which
    process mercury ore to recover, mercury and those which use mercury
    chlor-alkall cells to produce chlorine gas and alkali metal hydroxide
    (60.50) shall not exceed 2,300 grams of mercury per 24-hour period.
    (61.52)

If any other rule or regulation of this District 1s more restrictive,
that rule shall apply.

TESTING PROCEDURE

    1.  Mercury ore processing facility.

        (a) Unless a waiver of emission testing 1s obtained under Rule 1
            or has been previously granted under 40 CFR 61.13, each
            owner or operator processing mercury ore shall test emissions
            from his source:

            (1)  Within 90 days of the effective date of this rule.

            (2)  Within 90 days of startup 1n the case of a new source.

        (b) The control officer shall be notified at least 30 days prior
            to an emission test* so that he may at his option observe
            the test.  (61.53(a)(2))  At Ms option, the control officer
            may conduct the required test.

        (c) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are
            necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions
            which will occur in a 24-hour period.  No changes in the
            operation shall be made which would potentially increase
            emissions above that determined by the most recent source
            test, until the new emission level has been estimated by
            calculation and the results reported to the control officer.
            (61.53(a)(3))

        (d) All samples shall be analyzed, and mercury emissions shall be
            determined within 30 days after the source test.  Each
            determination will be reported to the control officer by
            a registered letter dispatched before the close of the next
            business  day following such determination.  (61.53(a)(4)

        (e) Records of emission test results and other data needed to
            determine total emissions shall be retained at the source
            and made  available, for inspection by the control officer
            for a minimum of 2 years.   (61.53(a)(5))
                                   -153-

-------
2.  Mercury chlor-alkali plant - hydrogen and end-box ventilation
    gas streams.

    (a) Unless a waiver of emission testing 1s obtained under Rule 1,
        each owner or operator employing mercury chlor-alkali cell(s)
        shall test emissions from his source:

        (1)  Within 90 days of the effective date of this Rule.

        (2)  Within 90 days of startup 1n the case of a new source.

    (b) The control officer shall be notified at least 30 .days
        prior to an emission test, so that he may at his option
        observe the test.  (61.53(b)(2))  At his option, the
        control officer may conduct the required test.

    (c) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as
        are necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions
        which will occur in a 24-hour period.  No changes in the
        operation shall be made, which would potentially increase
        emissions above that determined by the most recent source
        test, until the new emission has been estimated by calculation
        and the results reported to the control officer.  (61.53(b)(3))

    (d) All samples shall be analyzed and mercury emissions shall be
        determined within 30 days after the source test.  All the
        determinations will be reported to the control officer by
        a registered letter dispatched before the close of the
        next business day following such determination. (61.53(b)(4))

    (e) Records of emission test results and other data needed to
        determine total emissions shall be retained at the source
        and made available, for inspection by the control officer,
        for a minimum of 2 years. (61.53(b)(5))

3.  Mercury chlor-alkali plants - cell room ventilation system.

    (a) Stationary sources using mercury chlor-alkali cells may test
        cell room emissions in accordance with subparagraph 3b of
        this paragraph or demonstrate compliance with subparagraph
        3d of this paragraph and assume ventilation emissions of
        1,300 grams/day of mercury.  (61.53( c)(1))

    (b) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under Rule
        14 B, each owner or operator shall pass all cell room air
        in forced gas streams through stacks Suitable for testing:

        (1) -Within 90 days of the effective date of this Rule.
                              -154-

-------
    (2)  Within 90 days of startup 1n the case of a new source.

(c) The control officer shall  be notified at least 30 days prior
    to an emission test, so that he may at his option observe
    the test.  (61.53(c)(3))  At his option, the control officer
    may conduct the required test.

(d) An owner or operator may carry out approved design, maintenance,
    and housekeeping practices.   A list of approved design,
    maintenance and housekeeping practices may be obtained from
    the control offi cer.  (61.53(c) (4))
                           -155-

-------